Oxford: Elementary Student's Book

Elementary Student's Book
O X FO RD Fiona Beddall
Elementary Student's Book
O X FO RD
U N IV E R S IT Y PR ESS Fiona Beddall
Unit A Reading and vocabulary B Grammar and listening
p4 Hello p6 Are you in a band?
Vocabulary The alphabet; countries and nationalities; talking about Grammar be: affirmative, negative, questions and short
Welcome
interests; numbers 1-30 answers
Listening Spelling words; Where are you from?; Numbers H Listening Interview with Bruno
p!4 Breakfast in space p16 Bright and early
1
That's life
Reading Life in space
Vocabulary Daily routines; prepositions of time
Strategy Guessing the meaning of unknown words 1
Grammar Present simple: affirmative and negative
Listening Jake's hobby
Reading It's a beautiful morning]
Review 1 p23
p24 Cycling in the desert p26 Healthy living
2
Tim eout
Reading Free time in the middle of nowhere
Vocabulary Free-time activities; likes and dislikes
Strategy Skim-reading for the main ideas; Recording antonyms
Grammar Adverbs of frequency
Listening Healthy lifestyle survey
Reading Sitting volleyball
Review 2 p33 Cumulative review Units 1-2 p34
3
p36 House o f the future p38 Enjoy the view
Reading Earthships Grammar there is/ there are with some / any
Vocabulary Inside and outside the home; prepositions of place Listening Sam's holiday
Home Strategy Recording vocabulary with pictures Reading Beach hotel or tree house?
and away
Review 3 p45
4
p46 It's wild! p48 What are you watching?
Reading Working together Grammar Present continuous
Vocabulary The natural world; animal verbs Listening Where is Raj?
The natural Strategy Recording words in context Reading Watching animals
world
5
p58 Food matters p60 Good school food
Reading Unusual diets Grammar Countable and uncountable nouns; much, many,
Vocabulary Food; compound nouns a lot of
Food, Strategy Making mind maps Listening / Reading Farm school
glorious food
Review 5 p67
6
p68 Nearly new p70 Cyber Monday
Reading Shwopping Grammar Comparative adjectives
Vocabulary Clothes and accessories; shopping and clothes words; [•/"] Listening Online shopping
Material negative prefixes Reading Online shopping - how it works
world Strategy Scanning for detail
p80 Different shapes p82 Keep it clean!
7
It's tough!
Reading The world's toughest
Vocabulary Parts of the body; noun suffixes -erand -or
Strategy Guessing the meaning of unknown words 2
Grammar should, shouldn't, have to, don't have to
Reading Cleaning UK's favourite tourist attractions
Listening A school club
Review 7 p89
p90 Life's ups and downs p92 The human story
8
Life story
Reading Music: the road to success
Vocabulary Life stages: adjective suffixes:-fuland -a!
Grammar Past simple affirmative: regular and irregular verbs
Reading Out of Africa
Listening Neanderthals Strategy Listening for gist and
detail
Review 8 p99 Cumulative review Units 1-8 plOO
9
p102 A new model p104 A new life
Reading It's a model job Grammar going to: plans
Vocabulary Describing people; different uses of like Listening / Reading My future
Changes Strategy Writing summaries
Review 9 p ill
p112 Tourists ... who wants them? p114 Adventure
1DExplore
Reading Tourism - the pros and cons
Vocabulary Holiday places; prepositions of place in, on, at
Grammar Present perfect: affirmative and negative
Listening / Reading Adventurer rows the oceans
Strategy Real life listening

C Culture, vocabulary and grammar D Listening, speaking and vocabulary E Writing
p8 Happy families p10 Friends p12 The world is a village
Vocabulary Family: Feelings Vocabulary Appearance adjectives Vocabulary Days, months and seasons;
Grammar Possessive adjectives; Plural nouns: this, Grammar havegot; Object pronouns: a/an and the Numbers 3l+; Ordinals and dates
that, these, those Reading The world as a village
Vocabulary bank p124 Countries and nationalities, Colours, The time,
p18 British schools p20 Journeys to school p24 A questionnaire
Reading Eton College and Parrs Wood School Listening How do you get to school? Strategy Checking your writing
Vocabulary School subjects Vocabulary Transport Capital letters
Grammar Present simple: questions and short Strategy Understanding synonyms
answers; question words Everyday English Classroom language
Vocabulary bank p126 Classroom items, Classroom language
p28 Making music p30 Superheroes p32 An informal letter
Reading Music for everyone Listening Superheroes Strategy Writing informal letters
Vocabulary Musical instruments Vocabulary Adverbs of manner Linking words: and, but, or
Grammar can / can't for ability Strategy Recognising spelling patterns
Everyday English Requests with can and could
Vocabulary bank p127 Sports, Sports collocations: play, do & go
p40 Underground city p42 Around town p44 A tourist guide
Reading Underground Montreal Vocabulary City to country Strategy Using a model text
Grammar Possessive's; whose and possessive Listening Where we live Sequencers
pronouns Strategy Listening for key words
Everyday English Asking for and giving directions
Vocabulary bank p128 In the home, Around town
p50 What's the weather like? p52 Get active p54 Describing a photo
Reading What's the weather like with you? Listening Redingly activity centre Strategy Using questions to plan your
Grammar Present simple or present continuous? Vocabulary Outdoor activities writing
Vocabulary Describing weather; adjective suffix -y Strategy Using visual clues Describing a photo and expressing
Everyday English Making suggestions uncertainty
Vocabulary bank p129 Animals, Pets
p62 Traditional food p64 Delicious or disgusting? p66 A description o f a festival
Reading Food map of Britain and Ireland Listening Unusual food Strategy Focussing on the writing goal
Grammar a little, a few Vocabulary insight Opinion adjectives Linking words of addition: too, also
Vocabulary On the dinner table Everyday English Ordering food
Vocabulary bank p130 Food, Food quantities

p72 Black Friday p74 Can't live w ithout it! p76 A review o f a gadget
Reading Black Friday or Buy Nothing Day? Listening Living without technology Strategy Using a dictionary
Grammar Superlative adjectives Vocabulary Gadgets Positive and negative adjectives
Vocabulary Shopping Everyday English Buying clothes An e-reader
Strategy Increasing your vocabulary
Vocabulary bank p131 Shops, Clothes verbs
p84 The first Thanksgiving p86 What's wrong? p88 A letter o f advice
Reading Constance Hopkins and the Mayflower pilgrims Listening Health facts and myths Strategy Brainstorming ideas
Grammar Past simple: be and can Vocabulary Health Making suggestions and giving advice
Vocabulary Opposite adjectives Everyday English Talking about illness
Strategy Using new words
Vocabulary bank p132 Housework Health problems collocations
p94 Great writers p96 Moments to remember p98 A narrative
Reading Mary Shelley and Emily Dickinson Listening The best moment of your life Strategy Making your writing interesting
Grammar Past simple: negative, questions, short Vocabulary takecollocations Narrative adverbs
answers Vocabulary Types of writing Strategy Identifying and using collocations
Everyday English Talking about your weekend
Vocabulary bank p133 Jobs, Past time expressions
p106 A new year p i08 A new business pllO An informal email
Reading Let’s celebrate Listening Young enterprise Strategy Making your writing personal
Vocabulary noun suffixes -ion, -ment Vocabulary Phrasal verbs Informal language
Strategy Revising vocabulary Grammar will: predictions Everyday English Talking on the phone
Vocabulary bank p134 Materials, On the phone: phrasal verbs
p116 Travel USA p118 Trans-Siberian p120 A profile
Reading Staycations in the USA Vocabulary Travel collocations Strategy Choosing the right tense
Grammar Present perfect: questions, short answers, Listening Moscow by train Linking words: so and because
with ever/never Strategy Taking notes
Vocabulary US English Strategy Varieties of English Everyday English Tourist asking for information
Vocabulary bank p135 Types of holiday, Holidays: phrasal verbs
Welcome
ı m m sescmhp
Welcome A Hello
ım
m /y«n u a'ueu^um
m
1 1.01 Read and listen to the dialogue. Then read
the dialogue in pairs.
Rosie
Daiki
Rosie
Hello. I'm Rosie. What's your name?
My name's Daiki.
It's nice to meet you, Daiki. How do you spell
Culture
your name?
Daiki D-A-l-K-l.
Rosie Where are you from?
Daiki I'm from Japan. W h e re a re th e y fro m ? L a b e l th e
Rosie How old are you? p h o to s w ith six o f th e c o u n trie s .
Daiki I'm sixteen. And you?
Rosie I'm fifteen. What are you into, Daiki?
Daiki I like football, and I love karate. What about you?
Rosie I don't like football. I'm into hip hop music.
Q The alphabet
2 1.02 Listen and repeat the alphabet.
3 ® 1.03 Write the letters of the alphabet with

these sounds in the correct column. Then listen,
check and repeat. Which letters don't have these
the USA
sounds?
/ci/ / i:/ Id
A B f
4 1.04 Read and listen to the words. Then spell

them for a partner. a
v l
mobile phone
book
PPle
football
How do you spell 'book?
5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Spell your name and then

choose names of people in the class to spell.
(How do you spell your name?J ------------------

S - T 'E - L - L - /
It's nice to meet you, Stella.
Welcome
• ■ I I V F
Vocabulary: the alphabet; countries, nationalities: interests; numbers; Grammar: He: affirmative, negative, questions and short answers; A
family; feelings; appearance adjectives; days, months, seasons: ordinals, have got; object pronouns: a / an and the
dates Speaking: ask and answer about yourself, family and your friends
Countries and nationalities

6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Complete the culture quiz.
Then check your answers in the box at the bottom
of the page.
7 1.05 Match the nationalities below to the

fUl * w r.j v. *• a countries in the quiz. Then listen, check and repeat.
•S n S f ɪ American Australian Brazilian British Chinese
German Indian Japanese! Russian South African
Vocabulary bank Countries and nationalities page 124
8 Look at exercise 1. Where is Daiki from? Underline

the question Rosie asks to find out. What nationality
samba music: is Daiki?
9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the

question. Change the country and nationality.
Where are you from? rm frotn &ritain, )
Really? fm B ritish too!
Talking about interests

10 Look at exercise 1. What do Daiki and Rosie like and
not like? Then write five true sentences about you
cricket: using the phrases below.
1love .. I'm not into ... —
1lik e ... 1don't like ... ZJ.

0
fm into
1like kangaroos.
I'm into computers.
Numbers 1-30
11 1.06 Listen and repeat the numbers.
karate: one two three four five six seven eight

nine ten eleven twelve thirteen fourteen
fifteen sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen
twenty twenty-one twenty-two twenty-three
twenty-four twenty-five twenty-six
twenty-seven twenty-eight twenty-nine thirty
12 1.07 Listen to the dialogues and complete

columns 1-3 of the table.
1 2 3 Your partner
Name
Country
kangaroos: Age
Interests
eyejisnv 9 uedef s »n atp b 13 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions
lizeig £ eultQ z VSH^Ml l :sja/wsuv to complete the'Your partner'column of the table.
Welcome
W elcom e B ■ Are you in a band?
rtv sstl
1 1.08 Read and listen to the blog post. Match the sentence halves.
1 Leonie is a British.
2 Bruno is b at school with Ryan.
3 Ryan is c in a samba band with Ryan.
Home Profile Photos
Hi. My name's Ryan. I'm British and my home is in London.

The people in London are from lots of different countries, so it's a
very cosmopolitan city. You're always welcome in London!
In this photo, I'm with Bruno and Leonie. They're my friends. Leonie
is from Germany. We're at the same school. Bruno is from Brazil.
He's at a different school, but we're in the same band. It's a samba
band and it's fantastic. London is a great place for music.
The ve rb be: a ffirm a tiv e
2 Complete the table with the affirmative forms of be from the blog post in exercise 1.
Long form Contraction
1am 1
2
you are
h e /s h e /it is 3......................... /s h e 's /4..........................
5
we are
6
they are
Reference and practice W.1 Workbook page 112
3 1.09 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences. Then rewrite the sentences
with contractions. Listen, check and repeat.
1 My name a m /is /a r e Anton. 5 Jim am / is /a re from the USA.
2 I a m /is /a r e sixteen. 6 Becca a m /is /a r e my friend.
3 You a m /is /a r e at my school. 7 She a m /is /a r e great.
4 He a m /is /a r e Chinese.
4 Write about you and a friend. Then tell your partner.

My name's Ella and I'm Belgian. I'm from Brussels. Amira is my friend. She's from Iraq.
The ve rb be: n e g ative
Read Leonie's blog post below and complete the table with
the negative form of be.
I Home j Post J Calender jj Files |

Hi, I'm Leonie. I'm German but my home isn't in Germany.
It's in London. I'm into football. My favourite teams are
Germany and Chelsea. I’ m in a football team, too - Hyde
Park Girls. We aren't famous, but we're very good. My friend
Ryan is in a samba band. I'm not in the band because I'm not
very good at music, but I go to the concerts. I love samba!
Long form Contraction

1am not I 1............................................................
h e /s h e /it is not h e / s h e / it 3..........................................
you /w e /th e y are not you / we / they2....................................

6 Write sentences with these words and be.
1 Ryan: Brazilian A /B ritish /
R-yan isn't Brazilian. He's British.
2 you: into football A /in to te n n is /
3 Chelsea and Manchester United: Australian teams X / British teams /
4 we: in London X / in Los Angeles /
5 I: good at sport X / good at music /
6 Germany: in Africa/ / in Europe /
The v e rb be: questions and sh o rt answers
7 1.10 Read and listen to the extracts from an interview with Bruno. Choose the correct
answers.
Interviewer What's your favourite sport?
Bruno ’Cricket / Baseball.
Interviewer Are your friends into the same sport?
Bruno 2Yes, they are. / No, they aren't. They're into football.
Interviewer Are you in a sports team?
Bruno 3Yes, I am. / No, I'm not.
Interviewer What's your favourite sports team?
Bruno My favourite football team is 4Brazil /England.
Interviewer Is it a good team?
Bruno 5Yes, it is. / No, it isn't. It's fantastic!
8 Read the dialogue again. Complete the table with the questions and short answers for be.
Questions Affirmative Negative
short answers short answers
Am Yes, No, I'm not.
you Yes, you No, you 7
he / she / it Yes, he / she / it is. No, h e /s h e /it
British?
Are we Yes, we are. No, we aren't.

they Yes, they ˈ No, th e y !
9 SPEAKING Write questions with these words and be. Then ask and answer the questions with
your partner.
1 you/seventeen?
2 your name /Richard?
3 y o u /a t school?
4 y o u /g o o d at sport?
5 you / into tennis?
6 your home / in / a city?
7 your friends/in to/m u sic?
8 you and your friends/American?
10 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in exercise 7. Then replace the words
in blue and ask the questions again about these things:
sport —* type o f music
sports team —» band
Welcome 7
W elcom e C ■ Happy families
'jT~\ s< L
Family
1 1.11 Study Max's family tree and write the family words under the correct names.
Then listen, check and repeat.
■ aunt ■ brother ■ cousin (x2) ■ dad ■ grandfather ■ grandmother grandparents ı mum ■ parents
■ sister ■ uncle
Clive = Margaret
grandparents
Paul = Caroline Mark = Sharon
James Max Harriet Bella Brendan

me 10 12
2 1.12 Complete the sentences with the words. Then listen, check and repeat.
daughter granddaughter grandson husband nephew niece son ı wife
1 Caroline:This is Paul. He's m y............................................................................. .'

2 Margaret:'This is James. He's m y .............................................................................'
3 Sharon:'This is Harriet. She's m y..............................................................................'
4 Paul:'This is Brendan. He's my ................................................... .'
5 Clive:'This is Mark. He's my
6 Mark: 'This is Sharon. She's my .........................................................'
7 Clive: This is Harriet. She's m y..............................................................................'
8 Sharon:This is Bella. She's m y ............................................................................. .'
3 SPEAKING Write five sentences (Sharo n , m, mum.) . M a?

about people in the family tree.
Your partner guesses the name.
No, I'm not. Ciuess aqain! . „ . _
J Are you Brendan/
Yes, that's right!
Possessive adjectives
the texts and complete the table with the possessive adjectives.
This is a photo of my sons, James and Max. This is a photo of my daughter,

They're at a festival. They're with their friend Harriet. She's With out dog
Vicky. She's very excited because they're at a hamlet after a loog Walk.
concert and it's her favourite band. James is They ı •t ir e d aoA h ogry
happy because it's his favourite festival.
Subject Possessive Reference and practice W.2 Workbook page 112

adjective
5 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
you your 1 This is a photo o f I / my family. We / Our are in London.
he 2 2 She / Her looks happy. Is she you / your mum?
she 3 3 I like you / your dog. What is it / its name?
it its 4 He / His is tired because of he / his exam.
4 5 They / Their aren't from the USA. What's they / their nationality?
we
they 5 6 She / Her name is Harriet. She is we / our sister.
8 Welcome
Feelings adjectives
6 1.13 Label the pictures with the words. Then listen, check and repeat.
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs.Take turns

You're angry.
to mime a feeling in exercise 6. Your No, I'm not. 6iuess again!
partner guesses the feeling.
You're bored
Yes, that's right!
Plural nouns
Regular plurals Irregular plurals

one brother tw o brothers one person -> tw o people; one child - » two children
one granny —> two grannies one man —»tw o men; one woman —» tw o women
8 1.14 Study the table above. Change the underlined words below to plurals. Then listen,
check and repeat.
1 I he tw o woman in the photo are my aunt.
2 The child are very tired.
3 Sam and Liz are her cousin, and Jonas and Mick are her friend.
4 Eleven person are in the team. They are man.
5 Britain and Germany are country in Europe.
this, that, these, those

9 Read the rules. Then look at the picture and
complete the sentences with this, that, these
and those.
a We use this and these for things and people Singular: this photo that photo
that are near to us ('here'),
b We use that and those for things and people
that aren't very near ('there').
Plural: these photos those photos
people are my parents.

................ people are my grandparents.
................ boy is my brother, and
................ girl is my cousin.
................ dog is bored, but
dog is excited.
10 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Draw your family tree. Ask and answer questions about your family.
Who is David?
David is my brother. He's eighteen.
Welcome 9
W elcom e D ■ Friends
1 1.15 Read and listen to the dialogue. Who are the people in the photos?
Luke Have you got friends in your new class?
Caitlin Yes, I have. Sam is in it and I like him. He's in the guitar club with me.
Luke Oh yes. He's got short dark hair.
Caitlin That's right. And Josh and Chris from the basketball team are in my class.
Josh has got curly hair and Chris has got red hair.
Luke I like them. They're cool.
Caitlin And I've got a new friend, too. Her name's Olivia.
Luke Has Olivia got long, fair hair?
Caitlin Yes, she has.
Luke I'm in the film club with her. She's got a sister, Alice.
Caitlin Yes, and they've got a brother, Dorn. He's nice.
have got
2 Read the dialogue again. Complete the table with the correct form of have got.
Affirmative
I / we / you / they have got (’ Vf dbl )
a brother
H e /s h e /it has got (2............................)
Negative
I / we / you / they have not got (haven't got)
a brother.
H e /s h e /it has not got (hasn't got)
Questions and short answers
3
I / we / you / they Yes, I / we / you / they 4
No, I / we / you / they haven't..
got a brother?
5
h e /s h e /it Yes, h e /s h e /it 6............................
No, he / she/ it hasn't.
3 Complete the text with the correct affirmative ( / ) or negative (X) form of have got.
. ( / ) a big family. My parents2 (X) a son, but they

3
( / ) five daughters. My mum 4 ( / ) four brothers.
My d a d 5... (A) a brother, but h e 6 ( / ) three sisters.
I 7............. (X) a grandmother or grandfather, but my sisters and I
8
( / ) lots o f aunts and uncles and twenty-two cousins!
4 1.16 Write questions with the correct form of have got. Then listen and choose Ian's
answers.
1 you / a brother ? X // 4 your friends/laptops? X //
2 you / a sister? X // 5 your class/nice teachers? X //
3 you / a dog or cat? X // 6 your school / a school band ? X //
5 SPEAKING Write your own answers to the questions in exercise 4. Then ask and answer the
questions with your partner.
Appearance adjectives
6 1.17 Match these adjectives with their opposites in the table. Then listen, check and repeat.
blue curly dark:: long short young
He's/She's... o l d - 1..... . . t a l l - 2...

He's / She's g o t ... hair. s tra ig h t-3...................... f a ir - 4....................... s h o r t- 5.......................
He's / She's g o t ... eyes. brown - 6..............................
10 Welcome
7 SPEAKING Write descriptions of people in your class. Use adjectives from exercise 6. Then
play 'Guess who'. Your partner can only give 'yes' or 'no' short answers.
She's young. She isn't very tall. She's got long hair and big eyes.
Has she got long hair?
No, she hasn't.
O b ject pronouns
8 Complete the table with the object pronouns in bold from the dialogue in exercise 1.
Subject pronoun I you he she it we they
Object pronoun 1
you 2 3 4
us 5
9 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.

1 Dad is there, but Mum isn't with her / him.
2 I like Jade and Ruby, but they don't like him / me.
3 I'm in a sports club, and Thomas is in me / it, too.
4 My brother's into athletics and judo, but I'm not into them / us.
5 We're in Class 3F, and Lily's in Class 3F with it / us.
6 Where are you? And is Saskia with you / them?
a /a n and the
a We use a with singular nouns when the next word starts with a consonant:
It's a book. She's a good friend.
b We use an with singular nouns when the next word starts with a vowel: (a, e, i, o, u)
It's an apple. He's an old man.
c We use the with singular and plural nouns when we know which thing (book, apple, etc.) we mean:
It's the book for our English class. They're the apples from my apple tree.
d We use a / a n when we talk about something for the first time. We use the when we talk about it again:
I'm in a football team. The team isn't very good.
e We use no article with plural nouns when we talk about something in general:
I like kangaroos.
10 Read the rules. Then complete the sentences with a, an or the or no article.
1 I've got aunt and two cousins in Sydney, Australia. Sydney is.................
fantastic city.
2 Beth has got nice bag...................bag is blue, and it's g o t...................pictures of
................. apples on it.
3 My grandparents have g o t................. old dog....................dog's got big brown eyes
and curly hair
4 I'm at. big school in Brighton...................school has got nice teachers.
5 I'm in Class 11A, and I've got good friend in class. Her name's Grace.
11 Complete the description of the photo. Then write

a description of another photo in this unit.
This p h o to 1 one girl and tw o 2................

in it.They've g o t3 mobile phone and a
4...................The girl has g o t5.................. fair hair.
One of the boys has g o t6 , dark hair. The
other b o y7 short8 hair
Vocabulary bank Colours page 125

W elcom e E ■ The world is a village
i l B H a B n B V V W H H i
Days, months and seasons

1 1.18 Number the days of the week in the correct order. Then listen, check and repeat.
Wednesday Friday........... Sunday........... Tuesday............ Saturday...........
M onday 1..... Thursday............
2 1.19 Listen to the months and add the correct endings, -y or -ber. Then listen again,
check and repeat.
\
Januar Februar........... March April
May June Jul August
Septem............ Octo Novem Decern

V_
3 1.20 Match the seasons to the photos. Then listen, check and repeat.
autumn spring summer winter
4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Answer the questions with your partner.

1 Which days are: a school days? b the weekend?
2 Which is your favourite: a day? b month? c season?
3 Which month is: a your birthday in? b Christmas in?
4 Which months are in: a spring b autumn?
Numbers 31+
5 13 1.21 Put the numbers in the correct order. Then listen, check and repeat.
■ a hundred ■ a million ■ sixty ■ thirty
ten twenty 1................................... forty fifty 2................................... 3................

eighty ninety 4 a thousand 5 a billion
6 1.22 Read and repeat the examples. Write the numbers in words. Then listen, check and
repeat.
lb sixteen 4T forty-seven 81 eighty-nine
3\ thirty-on e O>0 sixty 1,0 0 0 seven thousand
1 35...................................................... 5 53......................................................
2 2,000 6 8,000,000...........................................................................
3 78 ................................. 7 90......................................................
4 62...................................................... 8 19......................................................
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about these subjects.
1 the age o f your friends and family 2 the number o f people in your class, school,
family and country
How old is your grandfather?
How many people are in your class?
He's about seventy-five.
Thirty-five, I think.
12 Welcome
Ordinals and dates
8 1.23 Listen and repeat the ordinal numbers.
1st first gth ninth 17th seventeenth 25,h twenty-fifth
2nd second 10th tenth 18,h eighteenth 26th twenty-sixth
3,d third 11th eleventh 19th nineteenth 27th twenty-seventh
qth fourth 12th twelfth 20th twentieth 28th twenty-eighth
5th fifth 13,h thirteenth 2i sc twenty-first 29,h twenty-ninth
6,h sixth 14th fourteenth 22nd twenty-second 30th thirtieth
7th seventh 15th fifteenth 23,d twenty-third 31st thirty-first
8th eighth 16Ih sixteenth 24lh twenty-fourth
9 1.24 Read the rules. Then complete sentences 1-5 with the correct dates. Listen, check
and repeat the sentences. Then complete sentences 6-8 about yourself.
a We write: 2nd April or 2 April.

b We say: the second o f April
1 Christmas Day is ............... 6 My birthday is ...................................

2 Valentine's Day is 7 is an important date in
3 New Year's Eve is ................................... my country.
4 New Year's Day is.............. 8 .........is an important date in
5 Halloween is.................................... my town.
10 Read the text. Is it about a real village or an imaginary village?
Imagine th e w o rld and its seven billion people as a • For tw o people, the weekend
small village o f only a hundred people. is on Thursday and Friday,
and fo r six people,
• N ineteen peo p le are Chinese and seventeen are
it's on Friday and
Indian. 'Ten / Forty-six are from Europe.
Saturday. For ninety-
• 2Forty-seven / Thirty-four p eo ple are children o r
tw o people, it's
teenagers. Fifteen are aged five to fourtee n, but
on Saturday and
tw o o f these are a t w ork, n o t at school.
Sunday, or only on
• 3Thirty-one / Eighty p eo ple have g o t black hair. Sunday.
4Twenty-two / Two peo p le have g o t fa ir hair and
• 25 D ecem ber is
one person has g o t red hair. 5Nineteen / Sixty
a special day fo r
p eo ple have g o t curly hair.
8eighty-one /
• N ine people have g o t a dog and 6eleven / three thirty-three people.
have g o t a cat.
• 9Six / Twenty people
• 7Thirty-two / Seventy-five p eo ple have g o t are in to cricket and nine
a m obile phone, b u t only five have g o t a p eo ple love M anchester
com puter. United.
11 ^ 1.25 Choose the correct numbers to complete the text. Then listen and check. Which
facts are surprising?
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Match 1-8 to a- ı to make questions.Then answer the questions
with your partner. Give true information.
1 Where are a your birthday?
2 How old b you from?
3 When's c family like?
4 What's your d your favourite sport?
5 Have you e are you?
6 Have you got f got a pet?
7 What's g your favourite singer?
8 Who's h a la p to p /a tablet?
Vocabulary bank The time page 125
W elcome 13
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs, label photos 1-8 with
eight of these daily routines.
LIFE IN SPACE
■ chat on the phone ■ do homework get dressed
■ get home ■ get up ■ go to bed ■ have a shower
■ have breakfast ■ have dinner ■ have lunch
■ meet friends ■ play football ■ read a book
■ start school ■ use the internet ■ watch TV
at a speed o f 27,724 km per hour.
I g e t up a t six o 'clo ck in the morning and I

wash. Everything floats in space because of
io zero gravity, including water! We have a special
shampoo to wash our hair without water!
I get dressed in a T-shirt and shorts. We only use the
space suits outside the space station. Outside, the
temperature changes a lot. It's 100°C in the sun,
is but it's -100°C in the dark. It's 23°C inside the
space station, in winter and in summer.
We have breakfast a t
quarter to seven. All our
food comes in tins and
20 special bags and it isn't
2 1.26 Listen and write the daily routines in very nice. We d o n 't
exercise 1that you hear. æ
have pizza on the
1 4 space station,
2 5 ■ nO B R M U B S l
3 ................................... 6 ......................... After breakfast, w e
25 d o exercise for an
3 1.27 Listen, check and repeat the answers to hour. Our arms an d
exercises 1 and 2. legs d o n 't d o a lot o f
work on th e space
4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the photos station because w e
opposite and answer the questions. so float. Exercise is very
■ Where are the people? im portant. We w a tch
What are they doing? films in th e gym , My
favourites are Russian
comedies! They're
5 Read the diary of British astronaut Nicola Stenning.
funny.
Underline the daily routines in the text.
14 That's life
Vocabulary: daily routines; prepositions of time; school subjects and
up*
Speaking: daily routine; friends and family; school; transport; classroom
timetable; transport language
1 A
Grammar: present simple W riting: answering a questionnaire
STRATEGY
Guessing th e m eaning o f unknow n words 1
To guess the meaning of a word:
read the sentence carefully. The words before and after
it help you understand the meaning.
think of similar words in your language.
look for other examples o f the word in the text.
pictures and photos can show the meaning,
6 Read the strategy. Guess the meaning of the words

in bold in the diary.
7 Read the diary again. Are the sentences true (T) or

false (F)? Correct the false ones.
Then w e start work. We do experiments and work 1 The astronauts are different nationalities.
on the computers. We have lunch a t one o'clock. 2 The food they eat in space is popular.
In the afternoon I make videos for science lessons
3 The writer likes Russian films.
in schools. I answer questions from students
4 They do one hour o f exercise every day.
about life in space. Before dinner we do 40
5 They have a video chat every evening.
another hour of exercise. •
6 They go to bed late.
In the evening and a t the weekend, we play

insight Prepositions of time
games, ch a t or use the internet. Yes, w e 've got
the internet in space! On Sunday, we have a 8 Study the highlighted prepositions in the blog.
video cha t with our families and friends. Write them in the table.
Preposition Time
1
the weekend, night, six o'clock,
Christmas
2
Sunday
3
the morning, the afternoon, the
evening, summer, winter, December
4 / breakfast, lunch, dinner
5
- every day / night, all the time, early, late
9 Complete the text with the correct prepositions or

no preposition.
I’m an astronaut, but I don’t work in space. I work in the

USA. I start work 1 nine o’clock
We go to bed early. We sleep in sleeping 2 every day.3
bags, so we d o n 't float around the space autumn, winter and spring, I design space vehicles, but
station a t night! .-zZ 4 June, July and August I work at
Space Camp. Teenagers from a lot of different countries
come 5 Monday and stay
6.................................all week. 7.................................. the
morning and afternoon, they learn about space.
8 night, they look at the stars with
telescopes. I finish work 9 late, but I
don’t work 10 the weekend.
10 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Tell your partner about

your daily routine and the times when you do
things. Use the phrases in exercise 8 to help you.
get up at seven o'clock.

That's life 15
1 B ■ Grammar and listening Bright and early
It's a beautiful morning
Katie is in the Australian swim ■

Andrej lives in
8 team. She gets up at five o'clock and I
Bled, Slovenia. In
she goes to the swimming pool fo r tw o
summer, he goes into
hours before school. She swims 5,000
the mountains at half past
metres. 'M y friends are tired at
five and takes photos.
school in the morning, but I feel
'I d o n 't go in w inter because it's
f
aat after a swim,' she says.
dark before school, but in summer I
ihe doesn't swim on Sunday.
love the early morning,' he says. 'It's a
She watches TV in bed. Then
great tim e fo r photography. The sky is
she has a shower and she
very blue and the light is pink.' He
studies fo r her exams.
doesn't take photos o f people.
He likes views o f Bled and the
mountains. Shops in Bled sell his
photos to tourists. 'I love
| 'I d o n 't do exercise on photography and it makes
Sunday, but I feel tired money, to o !'
all day!' A
SPEAKING Look at the photos. What can you see? Read the introduction to the text
What is the teenagers'favourite time of day?
2 Read the text and check your answers to exercise 1. Then match the sentence halves.
1 Katie is a a Slovenia,
2 Andrej is a b photographer
3 Katie is from c swimmer,
4 Andrej is from d Australia.
Present sim ple: a ffirm a tiv e
3 Read the text again and complete the sentences with the missing words.
1 Katie...........................................................................................................................up
.............................................................. at five o'clock.
^'-I
Katie.. .. .TV in bed.
Then Katie.... ..a shower.
Katie.. ...................................................................for her exams.
Andrej......................................................... ..............................................................................in Bled.
Andrei......................................................... views of the mountains.
4 Study the sentences in exercise 3 and complete the rules for the present simple below.
Use
We use the present simple to talk about: 1live
a routines. you live
b facts and general truths. h e / s h e /it lives
Form we live
After He, she and i t you live
a most verbs add 1 -ies. they live
b verbs with consonant + -y at the end change -y to 2 -s.
c verbs with -ch, -sh, -s or -o at the end add 3 has.
d Hove changes to 4 -es.
Reference and practice 1.1 t lllSRB
5 Underline five more examples of the he / she / it form of the present simple in the text in
exercise 1.
16 That's life
II
1 B
6 Put the words in order to make sentences about Katie and Andrej. Use the correct form of the
present simple for the verbs in bold.
1 at Concord High School / study / Katie
2 w o rk /h e r m u m /a t her school
3 her school / at three o'clock / finish
4 two hours of homework / after school / do / Andrej
5 d in n e r/h e /w ith his fa m ily/ at seven o 'c lo c k /have
6 teach / photography / his brother / he / at the weekend
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Think of the daily routine of a My friend Eva does her
friend or someone in your family. Tell your partner about them. homework after school.
—
Present sim ple: n eg ative
8 Study these examples of negative present simple verbs. Underline three more examples
in the text in exercise 1.
A lot o f people don't like mornings. He doesn't take photos o f people.
9 Complete the rules for the negative present simple with don't or doesn't.
a After /, you, we and they, we form the negative present simple with + verb,
b After he, she and it, we form the negative present simple with + verb. We don't add-s
to the verb.
Reference and practice 1.1 Workbook page 114
10 Complete the sentences with the verbs below. Then choose the correct negative form.
do have like meet start
1 I d o n 't/d o e s n 't ................................................................ mornings.
2 My mum d o n 't/d o e s n 't breakfast with me.
3 I d o n 't/d o e s n 't my friends before school.
4 School don't /d o e s n 't at eight o'clock
5 My friends and I don't / doesn't exercise every day.
11 Complete the text with the correct present simple form of the verb in brackets.
Most teenagers 1................. (not do) exercise before school. They 2................. (like) staying
in their beds in the morning. Penny 3 (get up) at six o'clock. She 4 (get)
dressed to go to the gym because Penny is a gymnast. She 5 . (not have) breakfast
with her family. They're still in bed! After the gym, Penny 6 (go) to school. Her school
7 (start) at half past eight and it 8 (finish) at half past three. But she
9 (not feel) tired. 'Gymnastics gives me energy.'After school, Penny10 (do) her
homework and she11 (have) dinner with her family. In the evening, Penny12
(use) the internet and she13 (watch) films, but Penny14 (not go) to bed late.
12 1.28 Listen to Jake. What is his hobby?
13 ^31.28 Listen again and choose the correct words.

1 Jake plays / doesn't play games with his cousin.
2 Mia goes / doesn't go to school in Singapore.
3 Jake and his mum live / don't live in Canada.
4 Jake and Alex play / don't play games together before breakfast.
5 Alex does / doesn't do sport after school on Monday.
6 Jake and Alex like / don't like different online games.
14 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Write three true and two false present simple sentences about you,
your friends or your family. Your partner guesses if they are true or false.
I do homework for three hours before school
That's life 17
1 C " Culture, vocabulary and grammar British schools
1 Work in pairs. Find out the meaning of these words and say when they happen at your school.
break registration assembly
P ] School subjects
2 1.29 Label the icons (1-14) with the school subjects. Then listen, check and repeat.
art citizenship design and technology (DT) drama English geography history
information and communication technology (ICT) maths modern languages music
physical education (PE) religious education (RE) science
3 Which lessons do you hear these words in?

1 Shakespeare, Dickens, Jane Austen
2 Mozart, Tchaikovsky, the Beatles
3 geometry, algebra, arithmetic
4 Antarctica, Amazon, Atlantic
5 atom, photosynthesis, magnesium
4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Which school subjects are you good at?
Which school subjects do you like?
5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Read the factfile and match the photos
to the names of the schools.
6 Read the factfile again. Choose the correct words to complete the
sentences.
1 Parrs Wood is in Manchester / Windsor.
2 There are 1,320 / 2,000 students at Eton College.
3 At Eton College, the students live / don't live with their families.
4 Students at Eton College have PE / IT lessons in the afternoon.
5 At Parrs Wood, they have lessons five / six days a week.
6 A lot of people in the UK go / don't go to boarding school.
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in the factfile about your school.
Present sim ple: questions and short answers
8 Read the examples and complete the rules.
(Do you like your school? ( Yes, Ido.) ( No, I don't. Does he go to Yes, he does. No, he doesn't. |
VC Eton dollege?
v r
We form questions in the present simple with:
a + 1 / y o u / w e / they + verb? b ..+ he/ she/ it + verb?
We make short answers with:
c Yes, + 1 / y o u / w e / t h e y + ................................................No, + 1 / y o u / w e / t h e y + ..................................................
d Yes, + he / she / it + ................................................No, + he / she / it + .................................................
18 That's life
I I
1C
9 Find one more example of a present simple question

and short answer with a regular verb in the factfile.
Do we add -s to the main verb after he / she / it
questions?
10 Add do or does and put the words in order to make

questions. Then write answers that are true for you.
1 finish /y o u r school day / a t 2 p.m./?
2 on S a tu rd a y /y o u /to s c h o o l/g o /?
3 you and your friends / at break time / football / play / ?
4 come / your English teacher / from the UK / ?
5 homework /y o u / a t the weekend / d o / ?
6 dram a/your sch o o l/te a c h /?
7 study / other people in your family / at your school / ?
8 the internet / people / in class / use / ?
11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Answer the questions in

exercise 10.
Q uestion words
12 Study the questions in the factfile. Then match the

question words to their function.
M C T F I L E • F A C T F IL E We use: for questions about:
♦ F A C T F IL E • F A C T F I
1 Where a things
What's the name of your school?
2 What b time
■ parrs Wood High School Eton College j 3 Who c age
- - Where is it? 4 When d number
in Manchester near Windsor ı
5 How old e people
How many students are there?
6 How many f places
■ about 2,000 1,320 Reference and practice 1.3 Workbook page 115
B Who are they?
■ Boys and girls from
13 Complete the questions below with the question words
Boys from different countries. I in exercise 12.
P Manchester. Girls don't study at Eton.
H Is it a day school or a boarding school? 1 ................................................ is the art club? On
Thursday afternoon.
■ It's a day school. We go to
Eton is a boarding school. We 1 2 .............. ,'s the teacher? I'm the
S school in the morning and go sleep at the school during 1
ð | home in the afternoon. teacher.
term time. 1
3 do you teach in the club?
| How old are the students?
Lots o f different art techniques.
1 They're 11-18, They're 13-18. j 4 are the students?
^ lA/hnn /-I ...... 1. . ı _
They're 12-18.
I have lessons from 8.30 to 3 5 ................................................ students do you teach
We have lessons in the I
in the afternoon. every week? About twenty.
morning and evening. We do I
a lot of PE in the afternoon II 6 ................................................ is the club? Room 24.
Does your school open on Saturday?
14 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Plan your perfect school.
No, it doesn't! I meet my
Yes, it does. We have lessons I I Use the ideas below to help you.
friends on Saturday. on Saturday, too. j
What time does school start and finish?
Does your school have a uniform?
How many students are there in your school / class?
Yes, it does.
Yes, it does. Do you like our ■ What subjects do you study?
suits?
What sports do you do at your school?
go to a school like yours? Are there any after-school clubs?
Yes, they do. It's an ordinary No, they don't. About 2% of Do you wear a school uniform? Why / why not?
British secondary school. Are there boys and girls at your school?
go to a boarding
school
That's life 19
Transport
1 1.30 Label the photos with the forms of transport. Then listen, check and repeat.
bike bus car plane train walking
STRATEGY
Understanding words and phrases w ith the same m eaning
There are often different ways to say the same thing. For example, the words excellent and
fantastic have the same meaning. We call words with the same meaning synonyms. Record
words and phrases with the same meaning together in your vocabulary notebook.
2 1.31 Read the strategy. Match the verbs below to the phrases. Listen, check and repeat.
Then write the words and phrases with the same meaning in your vocabulary notebook.
1 walk a go by bike
2 fly b go by car
3 drive c go on foot
4 cycle d go by plane
3 1.32 Listen to a radio programme about teenagers'journeys to school. Who lives on a

farm? Who lives on an island?
4 1-32 Listen again and complete the table.
Amanda Joseph Claire Henrik Salma Brad

Country
Transport
to school
Journey
time
20 That's life
5 1.33 Match the questions to the answers. Then listen, check and repeat.
1 How do you go to school? a About fifteen minutes,
2 When do you leave home? b I go by bike,
3 How long does the journey take? c At twenty-five past eight,
4 When do you arrive at school? d At ten past eight.
6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Answer the questions in exercise 5 about you.
Classroom lan gu age
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Which of these actions are in the photos below? Do you do these
things in class? What does your teacher say if you do?
■ answer questions ■ chat ■ listen ■ throw paper ■ use a dictionary ■ use an MP3 player
8 1.34 Listen to the dialogue. What is Simon doing in class? Choose a photo.
9 1.34 Complete the phrases from the dialogue. Then listen again and check.
Instructions (affirmative) Instructions (negative) Asking for help

Sit dow n,1..................... D on't4 your Sorry, 16 understand.
Open your2 at MP3 player in class. Can you say7................... again,
page 22. 5 write in your please?
Answer3 questions. textbook. How d o 8 say that in
English?
10 1.35 Complete the dialogues with the phrases in exercise 9.Then listen and check.
1 Teacher Eva, what's your surname?
Eva Sorry, I 1...........................................................2..........................................................., please?
Teacher What's your surname?
2 Teacher Charlie, 3 .........................................in class.
Charlie Sorry, Mrs Taylor.
Teacher Put the phone in your bag, Charlie.
3 Cosimo 4 .................'treno' in English?
Teacher 5 at page 86.Transport words are there.
4 Teacher Now6 about the text.
Marisa Mrs Taylor, what does 'journey' mean?
Teacher Guess from the context, Marisa, or use a dictionary.
11 Read the dialogue again. Underline more affirmative instructions and ways of asking
for help.
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Choose a photo in exercise 8 and write a dialogue between a
student and a teacher. Use exercises 9 and 10 to help you.
Vocabulary bank Classroom language page 126
That's life 21
1 E " Writing A questionnaire
1 Read the questionnaire and complete the questions with these words and phrases.
■ school bag ■ school day ■ subject ■ teacher ■ tim e of day
Home
a What's your fa vo u rite ......................................... ? What's your favourite thing in your
It's Friday because we have fun lessons in the afternoon: My mobile phone. I play games on it with my friends,
art, music and French. I don't do homework after school and it's got a cool app: a French dictionary. It records my
on Friday. I go to a hip hop dance lesson in Bristol at pronunciation.
eight o'clock. I come home late, but that's OK because I
don't get up early on Saturday. What s your favourite
a What's your favourite............ „... ..... ...... ............? It's three o'clock, of course!
School finishes and I walk
French. I like modern languages because I want friends home with my friends.
in other countries. In summer, I meet lots of people
when I go to France with my parents. I chat with my
French friends on the internet in the evenings, too.
Who's your favourite.
My French teacher, M r Petit. Petit means 'small' in

French but Mr Petit is very tall! He's very funny, too.
2 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Answer the questions in the questionnaire about you.
C apital letters
3 Do these have CAPITAL letters? Find examples in the text and circle yes or no.
1 the first letter of a sentence, aftera fullstop (.) yes / no
2 the personal prono un! y e s /n o
3 other personal pronouns yes / no
4 the names of people yes / no
5 the names of places, books, films and religions ye s /n o
6 times of day y e s /n o
7 days of the week and months o f the year ye s /n o
8 seasons yes/ no
9 languages and nationalities y e s /n o
10 school subjects yes / no
4 Correct the paragraph. Change fifteen letters to capital letters.

my favourite person is my friend, max. he's german, but he lives in london and his english is very good, we're
in the same class at henbury school, we're very different, he likes pe and he plays football every day. i like
thursday at school because we have drama.
STRATEGY
Checking your w riting
When you finish writing, check your work carefully. Check and correct these things:
spelling grammar capital letters
5 Read the strategy and correct ten mistakes in the paragraph.

On Saturdays, I not see Max in the morning because he play football. He meet me on two o'clock and we
spend the afernoon and evening together. In Summer, we meet other friends in the park, in winter, Max
doesn't likes the park, so we go to the shops in bristol, or he comes to mi house.
WRITING GUIDE
■ Task Write answers to the questionnaire in ■ Plan Use the answers in the questionnaire as a
exercise 1. model. Organize your ideas in paragraphs.
■ Ideas Answer each question in the questionnaire. Paragraph 1: What's your favourite school day?
Include this information. Paragraph 2: What's your favourite subject?
Paragraph 3: Who's your favourite teacher?
1 Why is it a good day? What do you do on that day?
Paragraph 4: What's your favourite thing in your
2 Why do you like it? What does it teach you?
school bag?
3 What's their name and subject? Why do you like this
Paragraph 5: What's your favourite time o f day?
teacher?
4 What is it? What does it do? Why do you like it? ■ Write Write your answers. Use your ideas and the
5 Why? What do you do at that time? paragraph plan to help you.
■ Check Use the strategy to check your writing.
V o cabu lary G ram m ar
1 Complete the text with the correct prepositions. 4 Complete the text with the correct present simple
form of the verbs in brackets.
Mv school starts 1 8.50 a.m.
Most of the students come to school Some children 1 (not g o ) to school
2 because their p a re n ts2 (te a ch )
foot, but some of them
come 3 car. Lunch is th e m a t hom e. This is ca lle d hom eschooling.
4
12.15 p.m. Some students Simon C raw ley is thirteen, a n d he's a
have sandwiches 5 ....................................... lunch. homeschooler. H e 3 (g e t up) a t
the sam e tim e as his friends, but he
School finishes 6 3.20 p.m.
7 4 (not walk) to school with them.
the winter, it's dark
His classes5 (start) after he
when we get home. Most students do homework 6 (have) breakfast. He
8
the evening. 7 (study) some subjects with his
9
Friday evening, they m um a n d others with his dad . His brothers a nd
meet friends. We don't go to school sisters a ls o 8 (learn) a t hom e. They
10
the weekend. 9 (read) a lot of books a n d they
10 (use) th e internet, too. But they
Marks 710 11 . (not stay) a t h om e all the time.
Some days they 12 (visit) museums
2 Match a verb in A to a word or phrase in B. Then a nd art galleries, a n d they a l l13 (go)
complete the sentences. to after-school clubs. In the evening, Simon
14 (w a tch ) TV because he h asn 't g o t
A do get go have meet
any hom ework.
B dinner my friends homework to bed up
1 We late on Saturday. Marks 714
2 We in a restaurant on Fridays.
3 What tim e do you at night? 5 Complete the dialogue with present simple
4 I chat online when I can't.............................................. questions and short answers.
5 We when we get home from school. A 1...............................................................................you
Marks /5 go to school?
B At King Edward's. Do you go there, too?
3 Complete the sentences with school subjects. A No,2...............................................................................
1 You do sport in .............................................................. I go to a bilingual school.
2 You learn about the past in B 3 .......................languages
3 You study Picasso and Kandinsky in ...................................... you speak?
4 You learn about the world in A Three. My mum's Swiss.
5 You use a computer in B Does she speak French?
6 You learn to act in ......................................................... A Yes,4...............................................................................
Marks 76 B Does your father speak French, too?
A No,5 ..................................................................
Marks 710
Total
Pronunciation insight 1 Workbook page 132 Review 1

Time out
Reading and vocabulary Cycling in the desert
Free-time activities
1.36 Match the free-time activities to the icons.
FREE TIME IN THE
■ acting ■ cooking ■ dancing drawing
painting playing computer games playing tennis
playing the drums l rock climbing singing
M£«L22!5ffi don’t live ln oramoi
: very different jobs,
■ skateboarding ■ swimming
1
n their
2 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Which activities in

exercise 1 do you like or dislike?
I like dancing.
I don't like cooking.
SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the photos in the

text. Where are they? Choose from these countries or , m ik e
continents.
The British Antarctic Survey (BAS) has got five
ı Canada ı Chile Egypt ı Norway Scotland Spain research stations in Antarctica. I work as a chef
■ the Antarctic ■ the Sahara ■ the USA at the Rothera research station. There are one
hundred biologists, engineers, doctors and chefs
4 Read the text and check your answers.
here in the summer, but only twenty-two of us
STRATEGY in the winter. I like my job, but cooking isn’t my
hobby! I’m interested in art, and I enjoy drawing
Skim -reading for th e m ain ideas
and painting pictures of Antarctica. We also play
When you read a text for the first time, skim-read it so
football on the ice at the research station. In the
you understand the main ideas.
evening, I play computer games.
Use photos and headings to help you understand
what the text is about in general.
Read the first line of each paragraph to get an idea of
what each one is about.
Read the whole text quickly to understand the main
ideas.
Don’t worry about difficult words and phrases.
5 Read the strategy. Skim-read the text and choose

I live in Findhorn ecovillage. It’s a community
the correct summary.
of 300 people in Scotland. We all live and work
1 The text gives information about traditional hobbies together. We have our own bank and money!
in three different countries. I work on the community farm. I’m interested in
2 The text gives information about three people who singing and dancing, and I go to a dance class
live in unusual places and their hobbies. every week at the dance studio in the village.
3 The text gives information about three people with
At the weekend, I often go skateboarding when
very unusual hobbies.
the weather’s good. When it rains, I love meeting
my friends at home.
24 Time out
Vocabulary: free-time activities; likes and dislikes; musical instruments; Speaking: free-time activities: healthy lifestyle; music and band camp;
languages requests with can and could
Grammar: adverbs of frequency; con/can't for ability: adverbs of manner W riting: an informal letter
6 Read the article text and answer the questions.

1 What does Mike enjoy doing?
2 What does he do in the evening?
3 Where does Stella work?

I’m an engineer and I work at the
Paranal Observatory in the Atacama 4 Where is her dance class?
desert, Chile. The desert environment
is perfect for the Observatory's 5 Why is doing sport difficult for Juan?
telescopes. In my free time, I love
sport, but it’s difficult here because 6 Where does he go rock climbing?
the Atacama desert is 2,400 metres
above sea level. Sometimes I go
cycling in the desert, but we also have ı □ insight Likes and dislikes
a swimming pool, a gym and a music "7 r~___
: studio at the Observatory. I play the
drums and I go swimming. I’m also love, be into, like, enjoy, be interested in + noun
into rock climbing in the gym. 1 I I ______ m yj____
wm 2 I'm i.___________________ i _ a_
love, be into, like, enjoy, be interested in + -ing form

of verb
4 le______y d _____________and p______ t ______
5 I'm i___________________ ins_____________ and
d_____________
6 I'm into r______ c_
Recording antonyms
We call two words or phrases with the opposite
meaning antonyms. To improve your vocabulary,
record words or phrases with their antonyms in your
vocabulary notebook.
8 Read the strategy. Match the phrases in exercise 7

to their antonyms below. Then write the antonyms
together in your vocabulary notebook.
a I don't enjoy ...
b I hate ...
c I'm not interested in ...
d I dislike ...
e I'm not into ...
SPEAKING Work in pairs. Discuss the questions.

Use the phrases from exercises 7 and 8 and the
free-time activities in exercise 1.
■ What do you like doing? Why?
■ What do you dislike doing? Why?
What are your brothers / sisters / friends into?
Vocabulary bank Sports page 127
Time out 25
2B ■ Grammar and listening Healthy living
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Discuss the questions.

■ Do you like doing sport?
Which sports do you do?
■ Do you like watching sport on TV?
Do you do sport every day?
■ Are you in a school sports team?
2 Read the interview with Rob Richardson and answer the questions.
1 Which sports does Rob play?
2 When does Rob train?
3 Which sport does Rob watch?
Today w e're talking to Rob Richardson -

captain of Britain's sitting volleyball team.
What is sitting volleyball? It's a Paralympic sport. There are six players in
each team. The players don't walk or run. They sit on the floor and play.
But the game is never boring - it's always very fast and exciting.
How often do you train? Usually, I train before I go to work. Then I train
again for two hours in the evening. I sometimes train at the weekend, but
usually I relax at home with my wife and my baby daughter.
Do you play any other sports? Yes, I do! I often play tennis and cricket.
Sometimes, I go to football matches and watch my favourite team -
Arsenal.
What kind of food do you eat? I love pizza - it's my favourite food, but it's
not very healthy! I don't often eat pizza, because I want to be very fit.
Who's your sporting hero? David Beckham. He was a great football player and
he always works hard.
A dverbs o f freq u en cy
3 Study the adverbs of frequency. Then complete these sentences from the interview with the
correct adverb of frequency.
1 I train before I go to work.
2 I ......................... ...................train at the weekend, but I ....................................................
relax at home with my wife and baby daughter
3 I play tennis and cricket.
4 ..................... 1go to football matches and watch my favourite team - Arsenal.
5 I d o n 't......................................................eat pizza, because I want to be fit.
4 Study the sentences from the interview. Then choose the correct answer in the rules below.
The game is never boring - it's always very fast and exciting.
He's a great football player and he always works hard.
I sometimes train at the weekend, but usually I relax at home.
Sometimes, I go to football matches. Usually, I train before I go to work.
a Adverbs o f frequency come before / after the main verb,

b Adverbs o f frequency come before / after the verb be.
c The adverbs sometimes and usually can also go at the beginning / end o f a sentence.
26 Tim e out
5 Rewrite the sentences with the adverbs in the correct place.
1 I play tennis at the weekend with my friends Grace, Jess and Sonia, (always)
2 Grace and Sonia are late for the game, but Jess is late, (sometimes, never)
3 Jess wins the game, (usually)
4 She practises tennis after school, (often)
5 I'm very tired at the end o f the game, (always)
6 We watch tennis matches on TV (not often)
6 Study the table. Write sentences about David and Sue. Then compare your answers
with your partner.
/ = David / = Sue
Oavid always plays football at the weekend.
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Complete the table in exercise 6 about yourself. Then ask and
answer the questions with your partner.
How often do you play I never p ay football at the

football at the weekend? weekend. I hate football!
V ----------------
8 1.37 Listen to Rose asking Sarah questions for a Sarah
healthy lifestyle survey. Read Rose's notes and find
oftenje ts up at 7 in the mornuuj
six mistakes with the adverbs of frequency
alMmysgets up a t 8 or 9 at the weekend
and correct them.
never has breakfast
always taktsth* but to school-n ever cycles
9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. How healthy is your
often dees sport after school
lifestyle? Ask and answer the questions below.
usually poes to bed at 10
Record your partner's answers using full sentences.
H o w o f t e n d o 'f o u ...
go to b e d la te o r opt u p late?
play a te a m s p o rt?
d o an in d iv id u a l s p o rt?
c a t sweets o r ch o co la te ?
eat fa s t fo o d ?
eat ve g e ta b le s o r fr u it?
Vocabulary bank Sports collocations: play, go, do page 127
Time out 27
2C ■ Culture, vocabulary and grammar Making music
SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the photos and

answer the questions.
■ Where are the young people?
What are they doing?
■ What time of year is it?
Do you think they are good or bad musicians?
Musical instruments
1.38 Look at the photo of the orchestra.
Can you find these instruments? Listen, check and
repeat.
ı cello . clarinet flute guitar keyboards ı piano
drums ı saxophone trumpet violin
fcJa 1.39 Listen to a short tune on six instruments.

Match each tune to an instrument from exercise 2. It’s ten o'clock in the morning. On a small campsite in
Milton Keynes, there's a very noisy drumming lesson.
Read the text. Choose the correct words to complete A campsite isn't the usual place for a drumming lesson.
the sentences. But this isn’t an ordinary music lesson.
The young people at the Music Camp are from Every August, young people from around the U K come
the UK / Milton Keynes. to the National Youth Music Camps at the Stables
The Music Camp has/hasn't got instruments for the Theatre in Milton Keynes and play music together for a
young people. week. Some young people are very good musicians and
The young people sleep in te n ts /th e theatre. they can play different instruments. Some young people
can't play an instrument. Some young people haven't got
Read the text again. Are the sentences true (T) or an instrument! But everyone is welcome at the camp and
false (F)? Correct the false ones. there are lots of instruments for all the young people.
The young people stay at the camp for one week. The young people and teachers sleep in tents. They have
The young people can learn new instruments. music lessons on the campsite and they have breakfast,
All the young people at the camp are very good lunch and dinner together in a big tent. There is also a
musicians. theatre and a recording studio. The young people act,
The young people and their families watch a sing and dance in the theatre. At the end of the week,
performance by professional musicians. the young people's famihes come to the theatre and they
Tony thinks it's important to sing at Music Camp. perform a special concert and musical theatre production.
Yasmin usually plays jazz music at home.
Underline the antonyms for these adjectives in the

text.
big quiet unusual bad same difficult
SPEAKING Work in pairs. Discuss the questions.

What kind of music do you like?
Do you play a musical instrument? What?
Do you think the Music Camp is fun or boring? Why?
2C
can / can't fo r a b ility

8 Read these examples from the text. Then choose the
correct answer in the rules below.
I can play the guitar and the keyboard.
They can play different instruments.
Some young people can't play an instrument.
Can I sing? No, I can't.
a We use can + infinitive w ith / w ith out to.
b The negative o f can is don’t can / can't.
Milton Keynes
c We use the same / a different form o f can after all
persons (I, you, he, they, etc.).
9 Write sentences with can in the affirmative (/),

negative (X) or question (?) form.
20 Tony Hutchinson LJ^M |
1 Jane/play the piano (/)
I love rock music and
hip hop, and I love Music 2 A d a m /d a n c e (X)
Camp! 1 can play the guitar 3 Tom / take good photos (?)
and the keyboards. Can I 4 Rose/ride a bike (X)
2s sing? No, I can't. I'm not 5 S im on/play the drums (?)
good at singing, but that’s 6 M aria/speak English ( / )
not important here. We can learn new
instruments and meet new people. 10 1.40 Omar and Bella are at Music Camp. Listen
to their dialogue and complete the table. Then write
sentences.
Yasmin Johnson
I can play the cello. I always Omar Bella
play classical music at home,
play the violin / X
but at Music Camp 1 play
my cello with the jazz band. sing
It isn’t easy to play jazz play the flute
music, but I can play some
great jazz songs. dance
act
Omar can play the violin. Bella can't play the violin.
11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions.

Use the ideas below.
act cook dance do karate
play a musical instrument ride a bike
sing speak Spanish swim
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Plan a Music Camp.

Discuss the questions. Tell the class about your
Music Camp.
When / Where is the camp?
■ What instruments are there?
Has the Music Camp got a band, a choir or an
orchestra?
M a. ■ What styles o f music do you play?
£
■ What is your final performance?
DVD EXTRA A famous music school
Tim e out
2D ■ Listening, speaking and vocabulary Superheroes W m
rr\
Languages
1 1.41 Work in pairs. Can you match the languages to the sentences (1-11)?
Listen and check.
Chinese Dutch English French Hungarian Italian ■ Japanese Polish
Portuguese ■ Russian ■ Spanish
Welkom in mijn land

J 2 3 B ie n v e n u e d a n s m o n p a y s
4 Benvenuti nel m io paese 5 Bien venido a mi pais 6 W e lc o m e to m y c o u n tr y
7 Bem -vindo ao m eu pais 8 Odvozoljiikorszagunkban! 9 Witaj W m iom kraju
10 flo b p o no>KanoBaTb B MQK) crpany j 11 I
STRATEGY
Recognising spelling patterns
It is important to recognize and learn different spelling patterns.
When you learn nationalities, languages and other vocabulary groups, record words with the same
spelling patterns together in your vocabulary notebook.
2 Read the strategy. Study the languages in exercise 1. Write the languages under the correct
heading according to the spelling pattern.
-ish -ian -ese -ch
3 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions. Look at page 124 for more
nationalities and languages.
Where are you from? What languages can you speak?
Where do you live? What languages do you want to learn?
4 1.42 Listen to the dialogue and answer the questions.

1 How many languages can Richard Simcott speak? Name three languages.
2 What three sports does Amber Monforte do?
5 1.42 Listen again and choose the correct answer.

1 The article in the magazine is about 4 The Ultraman event includes
a people from different countries. a a 10 km swim, a 421 km cycle and
b people who are very interested in an 84 km run.
their hobby. b a 10 km swim, a 241 km cycle and
c people who know a lot about sport. a 48 km run.
2 Richard Simcott loves c a 10 km swim, a 42 km cycle and
a learning languages. a 24 km run.
b teaching languages. 5 Amber usually finishes the race in
c travelling around the world. a about 24 hours.
3 Amber Monforte is a b about 42 hours.
a professional athlete, c about 20 hours.
b sports teacher,
c nurse.
30 T im e o u t
2D
A dverbs o f m an n er
6 Read the rules and examples of adverbs of manner.

We use adverbs of manner to describe a verb.
He speaks slowly. She runs quickly.
We usually add -/y to the adjective to make the adverb.
Regular Irregular
+ -/y: bad —» badly (quickly, slowly, quietly, loudly) good —►well
-y~*-Hy: easy-♦easily hard —►hard
7 [H 1.43 Herbie Newson loves playing musical instruments. Listen and complete the
sentences with adverbs in exercise 6.
1 He learns new instruments....................... 4 He can play the vio lin.........
2 He learns new songs.............................. 5 He plays the cello................
3 He practises............................. every day. 6 He usually plays the piano
Requests w ith can and could
8 SPEAKING Look at the cartoons and match the problems to the pictures.
She is very cold. She can't find her bag.
9 1.44 Listen to the dialogue. Which picture matches the dialogue?
10 1.44 Complete the phrases from the dialogue. Listen again and check.
Requests Responses to requests

Can y o u 1 me, please? 3s......... .No4
Could2...................... buy ...................... one, please? Yes,5 ...................................
11 1.45 Use the phrases below to complete the dialogue. Then listen and check.
No, sorry. I can't Can you get my sweater . Could you close the window Yes, of course
Jade I'm really cold.
Henry Are you?
Jade 1........................................................................................................................................, please?
Henry 2......................................................................................................................................
Jade 3....................................................................................................................... ? It's on the table.
Henry 4 II want to read my book. You can get your sweater
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Write a dialogue between two friends. Use your ideas and
exercises 10 and 11 to help you.
■ Turn off the music Get a drink Help with cooking dinner
Tim e out 31
2E ■ Writing An informal letter
"\ s<L
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the

advertisement and answer the questions.
PENPALS wanted
1 What does Global PenPals do?
2 What information does Global PenPals want to
know about you?
2 Read Julia's letter. Tick ( / ) the things she mentions.

free-time activities □ school □ Can you speak English?
pets □ family □ Do you want to make new friends
friends □ music □ from different countries?
food □ books □ W rite a short letter to Global

PenPals. Tell us about your school,
shopping □ weekends □ your daily life and your hobbies.
W e read your letter and match your
interests with a penpal from another
country.
STRATEGY
W riting inform al letters
3 Read the letter again. Choose the correct words to
complete the strategy for writing informal letters.
Begin / Finish informal letters with Dear + the person's
lb Rrimrose Lane first name.
Upper Newbrook Begin / Finish informal letters with Best wishes or All the
Derbyshire best.
DCib 46iT Put your name / address in the top right hand corner
o f the letter
11 March, 2-01? Put the date / the person's name below your address.
Dear Global ?en?a\s. Sign your name at the bottom / top o f the letter.
My name is Julia Mitchell and I'm sixteen years old. I live in Use a new paragraph for each topic.
a small town in the north of England with my mum, my two

brothers and my doq, Hester. Linking words: a n d , b u t, or
I go to N e w b ro o k H igh S c h o o l. It's a b iq school. T h e re a re
Complete the sentences from Julia's letter.
1,500 s tu d e n ts , b u t I lik e it a n d everyone is v e ry frie n d ly !
1 My favourite subjects at school are science
My favourite subjects at school are science and geography geography.
and l also enjoy learning languages. I can speak french and 2 I don't like m aths...........history.
Spanish. I don't like maths or history. They're really boring! 3 It's a big school There are 1,500 students,...........
At the weekend, l like swimming and qoinq to the cinema. 1 like it!
My favourite film is The Hunger 6 iames. 1 love watchinq 4 At the weekend, I like swim m ing........... going to
football on TV, but 1 don't like playing it! Sometimes on the cinema.
Sundays 1 90 skateboardinq or play tennis with my friends. 5 I love watching football on TV, I don't like
playing it!
I can't play tennis very well, but l like it! I usually do my
6 Sometimes on Sundays I go skateboarding
homework on Sunday night
play tennis with my friends.
l hope you can find a penpal for me.
Complete the sentences with and, but or or.
Best wishes,
1 I like rap music,................. I don't like classical music.
J u lia 2 Do you watch TV listen to music after
school?
3 I've got tw o sisters three brothers.
4 I'm from Scotland, I live in England now.
5 Do you prefer reading magazines................. books?
32 Tim e out
WRITING GUIDE
■ Task Write a letter to Global PenPals. ■ Plan Use Julia's letter as a model. Plan your
paragraphs.
■ Ideas Answer these questions.
Paragraph 1: information about you and your family
1 Where do you live?
Paragraph 2: information about your school
2 Who is in your family?
Paragraph 3: information about your free time
3 Is your school big or small? / friendly or unfriendly?
4 What school subjects do you like / dislike? ■ Write Write your letter. Use the strategy, your ideas
5 What do you do in your free time? and paragraph plan to help you. Remember to include the
linking words and, but and or in your letter.
■ Check Check your spelling, grammar and punctuation.
Review 2
Vocabulary Grammar
1 Complete the text with free-time activities. 4 Write sentences using the adverbs in brackets.
1 Oliver / have fish / for lunch (never)
Mon/Weds: Art Club for pupils who like’ d.
and 2p....................................
2 My sister / go to bed / late (often)
Drama group for pupils who are into
3a.................................... 3 We / cycle / to school (sometimes)
Tues/Thurs: Salsa for pupils who enjoy 4d..........................
Water sports for pupils into 5s.................................... 4 I / be / late for school (always)
Friday: Orchestra. Play the V
the clarinet, the 7f or the 5 Mia / play tennis / at the weekend (usually)
8t.....................................
6 My parents / use / the internet (not often)
Marks 78
Marks /6
2 Rewrite the sentences using the correct form of the
word in brackets.
5 Complete the dialogue with the correct form of can
1 My brother is into skateboarding, (love) and the verbs in brackets.
A Hello. I want to help with the drama club.
2 I enjoy singing, (into)
B Great! W hat1....................... y o u ........................ ? (do)
A I don’t know.
3 Rob is interested in photography, (like)
B Well,2 you ? (act)
A No, 13
4 We dislike cooking, (not enjoy)
B 4 you ? (sing)
A No, 15........................And I 6......................... (dance)
5 My sister hates dancing, (not interested)
B Oh. Are you good at art?
A Yes, lam. I 7.......................very well, (paint)
6 Kate isn't into swimming, (dislike)
B 8 ...you...
/ .. good photos? (take)
A Yes, 19.......
Marks 76
B 10 .... yo u .. .. a computer? (use)
3 Complete the text with languages. A Yes, I 11 .................Why?
B You can make our posters! Welcome to the club.
I go to an International School where the pupils speak Marks /11
a lot of different languages. Giovanni is from Rome and
so he speaks1......... . Marie is from Paris and 6 Complete the sentences with adverbs formed from
she speaks2 . Ivan is from Moscow, so he the adjectives in brackets.
speaks3 and Akihito is from Tokyo, so he 1 My maths teacher speaks....... ................ (quiet)
speaks4 . Lola from Madrid speaks 2 We always study...................... before exams, (hard)
5.. . ...... . .. and Laila from Morocco speaks 3 1sometimes sleep................... ....(bad)
6 . Dirk and Griet are from the Netherlands 4 My friend plays the guitar very ......................(good)
and they speak7 . Our school is in 5 1have a shower....................... in winter (quick)
London, so we all speak8 6 You learn new languages....... ................ (easy)
Marks /6
Marks 78
1 workbook page 132 Review 2 33

Cumulative review Units 1-2
Listening
1 1.46 Listen to a radio interview with a triathlon
athlete. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)?
Correct the false ones.
1 The three sports in a triathlon are swimming, cycling
2
and running.
Triathlon athletes usually swim for 500 metres.
people with
3 They cycle for fourteen kilometres.
4
5
6
They do each sport on a different day.
They run for ten kilometres.
Andy Brown's favourite sport is swimming,
Ideas
7 Andy trains every day of the week.
8 Andy often goes running in the mornings.
9 Andy studies sports science at university. When is a hobby not a hobby?When,
10 Andy is into cooking. it's a job! Here are the stories of three
American teenagers who each have •
Speaking their own company where they do
2 Work in pairs. You are in class, but you haven't got their favourite free time activities. But
your school bag. Prepare a dialogue. do they make any money?
■ Greet your friend and explain your problem.
Ask to use your friend's book. Thank your friend.
Ask for a pencil. Thank your friend. Lizzie M arie Likness
Ask for a pencil sharpener. Thank your friend.
3rie Likness is from Atlanta, Georgia, in
■ Tell your friend they are a really good friend.
In her free tim e, she does archery and
s horse riding. She's also interested in
Reading
but what she enjoys m ost is cooking
3 Skim-read the text and choose the correct summary. ; her own website where you can watch
A One o f the teenagers makes money from their hobby. ,f her cooking in the kitchen. The food
kes is very healthy and so she is popular
B Two of the teenagers make money from their
rents, teachers and other children. She
hobbies.
Dooks about cooking and she has her
C All of the teenagers make money from their hobbies. . /-/pa/thv Cookina with Drier
4 Read the text again. Choose the correct answers.

1 Lizzie likes cooking and
a acting. b dancing.
c music. d sport.
2 Lizzie's food is very
a cheap. b different.
c good for you. d interesting.
3 Robert can play
a one instruments. b tw o instruments.
c three instruments. d four instruments.
4 What do you need to play Robert's game?
a a mobile phone b a television
c a games console d a computer
5 What do Asya's T-shirts have on them?
a animals b instruments
c people d sports
6 She is worth it is a
a charity. b type ofT-shirt.
c brand name. d band.
34 Cum ulative review Units 1-2 Literature insight 1

Robert Nay G ram m ar and vo cab ulary
Robert Nay lives in Spanish Fork, Utah, the 5 Choose the correct answers.
USA. Robert is really into music and he
plays the piano, the trum pet and an Italian
instrum ent called a mandolin. He also loves The man with the
playing com puter games. In fact, Robert makes
his own games which people can use on their
fastest fingers
smartphones. His latest game is called Bubble
Ball and it is very popular. About a million people Ben Lee is a musician. He
play Bubble Ball every week and so Robert 1 the
makes a lot of money. Robert has a company violin. H e has a band called
called Nay Games and he wants to make more F U S E with another violinist
games in the future. called L in zi Stoppard.
2 are Ben
and L in zi from? They’re
from England.
Ben and L in z i3
classical music. They have electric violins
and they play rock music. Ben and Linzi
don’t 4 together. Ben
5 for other bands, like
Arctic Monkeys and Gorillaz. But Ben likes
6 the violin with Linzi and
th e y 7 to many different
countries to give concerts together. They usually
8 plane.
Ben plays the violin 9 , but he

Asya Gonzalez also plays it very fast. There is a difficult piece of
violin music called T h e F l i g h t o f t h e B u m b l e b e e .
Asya Gonzalez is from California and has a lot Ben 10 it in under a minute.
of hobbies. She plays the saxophone and she’s
H e is the fastest violin player in the world.
into sports, too. But her favourite hobby is a rt
and she likes drawing pictures of girls from the
1940s. Asya has a company called Stinky Feet
Gurlz which sells T-shirts with pictures of her 1 a play b plays c playing
a rt on them. Her company makes $ 2 0 ,0 0 0 2 a When b Where c What
a month, but not all of this money is for Asya. 3 a don't play b doesn't play c not play
She also has a foundation that helps young girls. 4 a play always b always playing c always play
The foundation is called She is W orth It and for 5 a often play b often plays c plays often
every T-shirt Asya sells, some money goes to the 6 a play b plays c playing
foundation. Asya says: ‘Buy a T-shirt, save a child 7 a travel b travels c travelling
8 a go by b go in c go o n
9 a very good b very bad c very well
10 a can play b can plays c can playing
LA
W riting
6 Write an informal letter to your English penfriend

about your hobbies and interests. Include this
information:
your name, age and where you live
L . what music you like
what instruments you play
what sports you do
what sports you like watching
which other hobbies you do, when you do them and
who with
Workbook page 102 Cumulative review Units 1-2

Home and away
Reading and vocabulary House of the future
ı SPEAKING Do you live in a house

or a flat? What's your favourite thing
in your home? What's the difference
between a house and a home?
Inside and outside the home

1.47 Match the rooms to the
photos (1-6) on the page opposite.
■ bathroom ■ bedroom ■ garden
■ hall ■ kitchen ■ living room
3 1.48 Match the words below to the items (A-P)

in the photos on the page opposite. Listen, check
and repeat.
■ bath ■ bed ■ ceiling ■ chest of drawers ■ cooker
■ cupboards door ■ floor ı roof ■ shower sofa
table j toilet wall s rug window
ITHSHIH
4 1.49 Work in pairs. Choose the correct words to An Earthship is a house made from recycled material,
complete the sentences. Then listen and check. rubbish and the earth under your feet. An Earthship
is good for the environment. I t collects water, makes
Homes are different around the world. Here are
electricity and grows food. You can build it cheaply
some examples.
1 In Morocco, when you have dinner at a traditional
5 with eco-friendly materials.
table / cooker, you sit on the ceiling / floor. You build an Earthship in front of a hill, so it has a
2 People usually sleep in a sofa / bed, but in natural back wall behind the house. You put earth in
traditional Japanese homes they sleep on a 'futon'. old car tyres and use these for the other outside walls.
In the morning, they put the futon in a cupboard Inside the house, in the walls between the different
/garden. io rooms, there are old bottles and drinks cans. There
3 In Israel, some kitchens have got two fridges / aren't any windows in the back wall, but the Earthship
beds and tw o baths / cookers. Families use them isn't dark because of the big windows in the front wall.
for different types o f food. These windows warm the Earthship in the day. The walls
4 In Korea, traditional homes have got paper then keep it warm at night.
w indow s/w alls.
is There are plants in the garden next to the house and
5 In Indonesia, you don't wash in hot water. You stand
in the hall and kitchen. These can give you fru it and
in the hall / bathroom and wash in cold water.
vegetables all year. On the roof, there are solar panels
and a wind turbine to produce electricity from the sun
5 Look at the photos of the Earthship house opposite. and the wind. The house also collects rain water on the
Do you think Earthships are good or bad for the 20 roof and filters it, so you can drink it and use i t in the
environment? Read the text and check.
kitchen and showers in the bathroom. You can then use
the water again on the plants and in the toilet.
6 Read the text again. Are the sentences true (T) or
An Earthship is very green, but does i t make a
false (F)? Correct the false ones.
comfortable home? Jane Ronson lives in an Earthship
1 You build an Earthship like an ordinary house.
25 near the city of Phoenix, USA, and she says, 'It's
2 People in Earthships don't need money for electricity.
fantastic. It's got all the same things as ordinary homes.
3 You build the back wall from old cars.
There's a modern cooker, a fridge and a dishwasher in
4 The back wall has got big windows.
the kitchen, and a big TV opposite the sofa in the living
5 Earthships are cold at night.
room. It's got the internet, too, and with the electricity
6 You can eat fruit from the plants in winter.
30 from the solar panels and wind turbines we can watch
7 You can drink the rain water from the roof.
8 After a shower, you can drink the water. TV and use the computer for hours/
9 Jane Ronson doesn't like her home. There are now a thousand Earthships around the world.
10 She can use the internet for a long time. Are they the houses of the future?
36 Home and away

Vocabulary: rooms and furniture; prepositions of place; where we live Speaking: your home; your city; possessions; asking for and giving
Grammar: there is/ there are with some / any; possessive's; whose and directions
3A
possessive pronouns W riting: a tourist guide
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Answer the questions.

1 Would you like to live in an Earthship? Why / why not?
2 What do you do to help the environment?
3 Is your home good for the environment? Why / why not?
nsight Prepositions of place

8 Match the prepositions highlighted in the text to the
pictures below.
&
‘V" HI!
IW F ’ 1
1 Ji U
P 5L. 0 &
iff E
9 Look at the Earthship photos and complete the

sentences below with prepositions in exercise 8.
1 The bottles.......................... ........the walls are green
■ • ; fJ _ | and brown.
N f ‘m
g’*V -a d t 1
I
m I
2 The toilet is .......................... ....... the bath.
3 There are books.. ... the table in the
ft
living room.
.Jlk 4 The chest of drawers is ....... ...........................the bed.
AW j IT'JH minium■
5 The Earthship is................... ...............a hill.
STRATEGY
Recording vocabulary with pictures
You can learn vocabulary quickly when you record a
word with a picture.
Draw small pictures or diagrams next to new words in
your vocabulary notebook.
Draw a big picture for a complete vocabulary set and
label the vocabulary in it.
Use pictures to test your memory o f new words.
Use the photos and pictures in the Vocabulary banks to
help you learn new words.
10 Read the strategy. Then record the prepositions

in your notebook with a picture for each word.
11 Describe the picture on page 128. Use the

prepositions in exercise 8 to describe where things
are in the picture.
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Imagine you live in an

Earthship. Answer the questions about your home.
1 Where is your Earthship located?
2 What rooms has your Earthship got?
3 What colour are the walls, doors and floors in the
living room, kitchen and bedroom?
4 What furniture have these rooms got?
5 How is your Earthship environmentally friendly?
V ocabulary bank In the home page 128
Home and away

3B ■ Grammar and listening Enjoy the view
rtv sstl
1 S P E A K IN G Read th e nam es o f th e h o te ls in th e b lo g a n d m atch th em to th e photos.

H ow are th e se p lace s th e sam e? H ow are th e y different?
2 Read the te xt a n d ch e ck yo u r ideas.
Hotel rooms are often all the same ... but not always. F or something completely
different, w hy not stay in one of these unusual hotel rooms fo r a night?
The Sand Hotel, Weymouth, Britain

There are som e great hotels near the beach in W eymouth, but the Sand Hotel
is a big sandcastle on the beach. There aren't any toilets or showers and the
rooms haven't got ceilings, but there’s a bed of sand in each room. There aren’t
any duvets fo r the beds, so rem em ber your sleeping bag!
W e like: The views of the stars from your bed. It's cheap, too - only £10
fo r a night.
W e don’t like: Rainy nights. You get very w e t and the rain destroys the hotel!
Vanya Tree House, Kerala, India

Is there a tree next to the bed? Yes, there is, but that’s part o f the fun in this
fantastic hotel room. It’s a tree house. There are som e great views o f the jungle
from the w indow s and it’s very peaceful because there aren’t any other people
in the hotel. There’s a toilet and washbasin and solar panels and a wind turbine
fo r electricity.
W e like: The sound o f the birds and m onkeys in the early morning.
W e don’t like: The long w alk to the tree house. There isn’t a road fo r the
last kilometre.
Are there any unusual hotel rooms in your country? Write and tell us
about them!
there is / there are w ith some / any

3 C o m p le te th e e xa m p le s from th e b lo g . Th en m atch th e tw o h a lve s o f th e rules.
Affirmative
1 ....................................................... a bed o f sand in each room.
2 some great hotels near the beach.
Negative
3 a road for the last kilometre.
4 any duvets for the beds.
Questions
5 a tree next to the bed? Yes,........................
6 any unusual hotel rooms in your country?
a We use there is / isn't 1 with plural nouns.

b We use there are / aren't 2 with singular nouns.
c We use there is / are 3 with nouns in negative sentences.
d We use there isn't / aren't 4 with nouns in questions.
e We use Is there / Are there... ? 5 with nouns in affirmative sentences.
a We use a / an 1 with plural nouns in negative sentences and in questions,

b We use some 2 with plural nouns in affirmative sentences,
c We use any 3 with singular nouns.
4 C o m p le te th e sen te n ces a b o u t th e h o te ls w ith some, any, ox a I an. W hich hotel d o e s each

se n te nce ta lk about?
1 There are great hotels near the beach,
2 There’s tree next to the bed.
3 Are there. ...toilets or showers? No, there aren't.
4 There are ... ...great views o f the jungle from the windows.
5 There aren't .......other people at the hotel.
6 Is there bed o f sand? Yes, there is.
7 There are solar panels,
8 There isn't ceiling.
Hom e and away

5 Complete the sentences about the sand hotel and
tree house hotel.
1 monkeys and birds / outside the tree house hotel
There are some monkeys and birds outside the tree house hotel.
2 duvets / fo r the bed at the sand hotel
3 roof / at the sand hotel
4 toilet and washbasin / at the tree house hotel
5 view of the stars /fro m your bed at the sand hotel
6 wind turbine for electricity / at the tree house hotel
7 road / when you arrive at the tree house hotel
6 Complete the questions about what you can see in the

UFO hotel in Sweden with is there / are there and a / an
or any. Then answer the questions.
1 ................................... nice view from the window?
2 trees outside the hotel room?
3 ........... swimming pool outside the
hotel room?
4 bed in the hotel room?
5 .......... cushions in the hotel room?
6 pictures on the walls in the
hotel room?
7 sofa in the hotel room?
8 entertainment centre in the hotel room?
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Which of the three hotel rooms do you prefer? Which hotel would
you like to stay in?
8 1.50 Sam and his mum want a nice place to stay on holiday. Which of the things do they
talk about?
beach good views good weather shopping sports: swimming pool TV
9 1.50 Listen again and choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
A Cornwall
1 There are some / aren't any fantastic beaches.
2 There's a nice kitchen / garden.
3 There are tw o / four beds.
B Wales
4 There are tw o / five beds.
5 There are some / aren't any nice views of the mountains.
6 There are lots o f / aren't any beaches in the area.
C Yorkshire
7 There are so m e /a re n 't any beaches.
8 There is /is n 't a swimming pool.
9 There is / isn't a TV.
10 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Which of the things in exercise 8 are important to you when you
go on holiday? Choose the three most important things. Your two families want a holiday
together. Choose a place to stay from the table and explain your choice.
Rose House West Cottage Apple Cottage White Barn
Near beaches A y y y
Good views y y y y
Swimming pool y y y y
TV y y y y
Beds 12 2 4 8
Local sports *** ***** ** *#**
Vocabulary bank Around town page 128
Hom e and away 39

3C ■ Culture, vocabulary and grammar Underground city
L
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. What is your favourite town or city? Why do you like it?
2 Work in pairs. Guess the correct answers. Then read the text and check.
1 The city o f Montreal is in a the USA. b the UK. c Canada.
2 The main language in Montreal is a English. b French. c Spanish.
3 The winters in Montreal are a very cold. b very dark. c very short.
Underground Montreal ‘My family's flat has got an entrance to the underground
city,' says music student Coralie Gauthier.
The people of Montreal like being different. In other big
‘In winter, I never go outside on my journey to university.'
Canadian cities, like Toronto and Vancouver, the first
Everyone in Coralie's family has got a favourite place in
language is English. In Montreal, people's first language is
the underground city. ‘Mine is the Maisonneuve Theatre,'
French. And when other people in Canada complain about
she says. ‘I go to lots of concerts there.' And her family's
the long, cold winters, Montrealers smile. Their city is also
favourites? ‘My sister’s into fashion, so hers is the Desjardins
very cold in winter, and has a lot of snow on the ground for
shopping centre. My parents’ main interest, is art, so theirs
three or four months every year. But that isn't a problem.
is the Museum of Contemporary Art. And my brother loves
Why? Because they've got, an underground city in Montreal.
watching ice hockey, so his is the Bell Centre ice hockey
There are 32 kilometres of tunnels under Montreal's city
stadium.'
centre, and some of them are fifty years old. The tunnels
But the underground city isn't popular with everyone.
link ten train stations, two bus stations, 1,200 offices, 2,000
Winter is Olivier's favourite season. ‘Whose favourite place
shops, 200 restaurants, forty banks, forty cinemas, seven
is underground?' asks fifteen-year-old Olivier Roy. ‘I can’t
hotels, two universities and many other important buildings.
understand that - it isn't natural. There are lots of fantastic
500,000 people use the tunnels every day to escape the
winter sports in Canada, like skiing, ice-dimbing and
winter weather.
snowboarding. At the weekend, I'm always outside. I hate
being inside in winter'
3 Read the text again. Complete the sentences with the correct words.
1 There is a lot o f ..................................................................... in Montreal in winter.
2 There are..................................................................... between important buildings in the city.
3 people use the underground city every day.
4 Coralie studies..................................................................... at university.
5 She likes going to at a theatre in the underground city.
6 Olivier is into sports.

1 Do you think an underground city is a good idea for cities in your country? Why / why not?
2 Do you do different activities in summer and in winter? Give examples.
Possessive's
5 Study the examples and complete the rules w ith 's o r ' and write the examples.
In Montreal, people's first language is French. My parents' main interest is art.
Everyone in Coralie's family ... Winter is Olivier's favourite season.
To show possession:
a we a dd................................... to a singular noun:...........................................................
b we a dd................................... to a regular plural noun:
c we a d d ................................... to an irregular plural noun:...............................................
Remember! 's doesn't always show possession. It can also be a contraction of is or has.
Mark's got a book. = has got
Mark's interested in reading. = is
Mark's book is difficult. = possessive's
40 Hom e and away

t
6 Rewrite the phrases using the possessive's.
1 the bags o f the students - » the students' bags
2 clothes for children —».
3 the kitchen o f my grandmother —♦
4 a friend of her sisters —►...................................................................................................
5 the brothers o f my friend —►............................................................................................
6 a school for girls —* ..........................................................................................................
7 the favourite food o f Canadian people - *
8 the office o f my a u n t-»
7 Read the factfile. Add the possessive's where necessary.There are eight missing.
Q In the USA, the name o f Bostons famous ^ Londons famous football stadium is at
university is Cambridge. Wembley.
Q Big Ben is the British Queens home in London. O In the Canadian Arctic, the Inuit peoples
θ You can see ancient Roman theatres in many homes are igloos.
countries, including Spain, Turkey, Syria, 0 Tutankhamuns gold mask is in Cairos
Libya and France. Egyptian Museum.
Q The Chinese presidents home and office is in ^ Some of the ancient Egyptians pyramids are
the Kremlin. now hotels.
8 ^ 1.51 Read the factfile in exercise 7 again. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Then
listen and check.
Possessive pronouns and whose
9 1.52 Complete the sentences with the words highlighted in the text on page 40. Then
listen, check and repeat.
1 bedroom is this? It's her flat. - » It's4
It’s my bedroom. —►It's2 ..... It's our park. —» It's ours.
It's your pen. —* It's yours. It's their kitchen. —►It's5
It's his chair. —* It's
10 Match the two halves of the rules.

a We use whose 1 in front o f nouns.
b We use possessive adjectives (my, your, etc.) 2 to replace nouns.
c We use possessive pronouns (mine,yours, etc.) 3 to ask about possession.
11 Choose the correct words to complete the dialogue.

Sam Their team's summer party is on Saturday. When is b u r / ours?
Will 2Our / Ours team's party is on Saturday, too. It's at 12 Oakwood Road.
Sam 3Who / Whose house is that? Is it 4your / yours?
Will No, it isn't 5my / mine. It's Katrina's, I think.
Sam No. 6Her / Hers house is near the train station.
Will Is i t 7David's/ Davids'?
Sam No, it isn’t his. He lives with his grandparents / grandparents' on Redland Road.
Will Is it Hannah and 9Lucy / Lucy's house?
Sam No. 10Their/Theirs is opposite the school.
Will Well, I don't know. We can find out on Saturday!
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about three possessions which are
important to you.
Whose is this mobile phone?) (iy6 mine") (why is it important?J l use it every day. It was
a present for my birthday.
DVD EXTRA A room w ith a view?

Hom e and away 41
3D ■ Listening, speaking and vocabulary Around town
City to country
1 1.53 Match the words below to the
photos. Then listen, check and repeat.
■ city ■ city centre ■ countryside
suburb town ı village

1 Talk about where you live. Is it a village, town or city?
2 Do you like it? W h y /w h y not?
3 What's the capital o f your country?
3 1.54 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Match the places below

to the photos. Listen and check.
Alsace Darjeeling Houston Scarborough Snowshill Times Square
1 3 5
2 4 6
STRATEGY
Listening for key words
Before you do a listening task, identify the important information you need to answer the
questions. Key words in questions show the information you need to listen for.
Before you listen, read the questions carefully and underline the key words.
Keywords are usually nouns, verbs and adjectives.
■ When you listen to the recording, listen carefully for the key words.
Think about other words which mean the same thing (e.g. like —»love, enjoy; fantastic - * amazing)
4 1.55 Read the strategy. Underline the important information in the questions below
and listen for the key information. Write S (Su-Lin), Y (Yasmin) or H (Hari).
1 Which person's home is in an important place for tea?...........
2 Which person lives in a suburb?...........
3 Which person hasn't got any cafes or leisure centres near their home?
4 Which person can hear musical instruments at their favourite place?...........
5 Which person likes the countryside?
6 Which person dances at their favourite place?
7 Which person likes going to the cinema?
8 Which person chats to their friends near a shop?...........
9 Which person's favourite place is in the centre o f tow n?...........
5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Imagine your perfect home and where it is. Answer the questions.
What type o f house is it? What rooms and furniture does it have?
Where is your perfect home? Is it in a village, town, or city?
Is the area noisy or quiet? Is it relaxing or exciting?
What can you do in the area?
■ Can you walk to these places, or do you go by car, bus, train or bike?
42 Hom e and away

Asking fo r and g ivin g directions
6 SPEAKING Work in pairs.

Look at the map and
find these places. What LnJ U green sty K /
\ CAFE/ 11/
building is: STADIUM HOSPITAL
opposite the hospital? GREEN ST PARK
■ next to the cinema?
■ on Long Road? LEISURE
between the train station CENTRE ■ ^ S i!
UNIVERSITY
and the leisure centre?
SUSSEX RD —1
X
7 1.56 Listen to the
in j% \ A
dialogue. Jane is outside —1
BUS POLICE
the leisure centre. Where LIBRARY \ STATION STATION^
does she want to go?
Draw the route on the
FOX ST
map. o p H
z
sv ZINEMA
TRAIN
STATION
MUSEUM 'O THEATRE SOUTH PARK
Asking fo r directions Giving directions

3
Excuse me.1 the road.
the park? Take the 4.................. road on the left.
5
2................................ do you straight up Fox Street.
6
get to South Park, please? the cinema, tu rn 7.................................
into Friday Street.
The park is 8 the left, opposite the theatre.
9 m 1.57 Put the dialogue in the correct order. Then listen and check. Draw the route on
the map.
Amy The train station.
Ben The train station or the bus station?
Amy Thank you very much for your help.
Ben Outside the cafe, turn right.Then take the first road on the left.
Amy Excuse me. How do you get to the station, please?
Ben Well Street, I think. Go past the shopping centre and the bus station. Then turn right into
Fox Street. Go straight on. When you get to North Street, the train station is opposite you.
Amy Do you know the name o f the road?
10 Read the dialogue again. Underline more questions for asking for directions and more ways
of giving directions.
11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask your partner for directions to these places. Use the map and
exercises 8 and 9 to help you.
1 from the bus station to the stadium
2 from the train station to the shopping centre
3 from the theatre to the hospital
4 from the stadium to the university
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs.Tell your partner where you are and give directions to a place on
the map. Your partner guesses the place.
A We're at the hospital. Turn right and then left, dross the road. Uo past the leisure centre and it's on
the right, between the leisure centre and the train station.
B Now we're at the library.
Hom e and away 43

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. What do you like doing when you visit a city for the first time?
2 Read the tourist guide. Does it include your ideas from exercise 1?
O n e d ay in E d in b u r g h - th e A th e n s o f th e n o rth
E d inb urg h is th e ca pita l o f S cotland, w ith a p o p u la tio n o f a b o u t 500,000 people. Take o u r to u r
o f th is b e a u tifu l W o rld H e rita ge city.
First, g o fo r a w a lk o n A rth u r's Seat. This is a h ill in th e ce n tre o f E d inburgh w ith gre a t
view s o f th e city.
A fte r th a t, g o past Edinburgh's fam ous u n ive rsity in to th e O ld Town. There are lots o f
b u ildin gs fro m th e sixteenth century, and museum s a b o u t th e h istory o f Scotland.
Next, have lunch a t a cafe near E dinburgh Castle, th e h o m e o f Scotland's kings fo r
o f years.
Then, w a lk th ro u g h Princes Street Gardens t o th e N ew Town w ith b e a u tifu l b u ild in g s fro m
th e e ig h te e n th century.
In th e a fte rn o o n , visit th e N a tio n al G allery o f Scotland, w ith p a in tin g s by fam ous artists, like
Da V inci, V erm ee r and M o n e t, o r exp lo re th e shops o n Princes S treet. This street is also a
g o o d place to hear Scotland's musical in stru m e n t, th e bagpipes.
Finally, a fte r d in n e r e n jo y som e tra d itio n a l Scottish dancing a t a ceilidh d u b . You can learn
th e dances easily and it's a g re a t w ay t o m ake som e Scottish friends.
U l Sequencers
3 Underline these sequencers in the tourist guide and answer the questions.
after that finally first next then
1 Which introduces the first item in a sequence?..................................

2 Which three introduce items in the middle o f a sequence?...............................
3 Which introduces the last item in a sequence?..................................
4 Add sequencers in this guide for a holiday in Scotland.
, spend a day in Edinburgh.

, drive to Loch Ness and look for the Loch Ness Monster.
, go to the Highlands and climb Ben Nevis.
, go by boat to the beautiful town of Tobermory on the Isle of Mull.
, explore the famous city of Glasgow before you return home.
STRATEGY
Using a m odel text
Before you start writing, find a similar text and study it as a model.
How is the text organized? Has it got headings / bullet points / paragraphs? How many?
A text has an introduction, a main section and a conclusion. What is the purpose of each section
or paragraph?
What grammar does it use? Does it use can / the present simple / imperatives / have got / there is / are?
What vocabulary does it use? Underline useful vocabulary and phrases for your own writing.
5 Read the strategy. Study the model text in exercise 2. Choose the correct words to complete
the notes (1-4) and answers questions.
Organization
One paragraph at the start, then ’ bullet points / paragraphs
Purpose o f each section
First paragraph: Num m ary / introduction
Bullet points: what to do at different times o f the day
Final paragraph: 3details / conclusion
Grammar and vocabulary
Use o f im peratives / present simple
Useful vocabulary and phrases:5
44 Hom e and away

WRITING GUIDE
■ Task Write a tourist guide for a friend for a day ■ Plan Plan your friend's day. Write the things to do and
in your city or a city you like. Include information see at each time of day.
about the city and suggest interesting places to visit ■ morning:.........................................................................
and fun activities to do. ■ lunch:.............................................................................
■ Ideas Choose a city and answer these questions. ■ afternoon:.......................................................................
■ dinner:............................................................................
1 Where is it?
■ evening:..........................................................................
2 How many people live there?
3 What is it famous for? Use a paragraph for each time of day.
4 What places can your friend visit?
5 What activities can your friend do? ■ Write Write your tourist guide. Use the strategy, your
6 Where is a good place to have breakfast / lunch / ideas and plan to help you. Remember to include
dinner? sequencers.
Review 3
Vocabulary Grammar
1 Complete the sentences with rooms and furniture. 4 Complete the dialogue. Write one or two words in
1 My grandad always sits in the sam e............................ each space.
2 Jack's in the . He's having a shower. A What's your new flat like, Jessie?
3 I hate getting out o f in the morning. B It's a house, not a flat. There1 two
4 There's a green on my bedrooms upstairs a nd2 are three
bedroom floor. rooms downstairs, too. There3.......................a
5 The sugar is on the top shelf o f th e .............................. kitchen, a living room and a bathroom.
6 Can you put the milk in th e ............................ .please? A 4 there a dining room?
7 Dad's in th e .............................He’s making lunch. B No.5 a big table in the kitchen.
8 Don’t touch th e ............................ , it's very hot. A What's your room like?
Marks 78 B It's quite big and I have my own bathroom! There
6 a bath in it, but there's7
2 Choose the correct prepositions. shower.
1 There are a lot o f dirty cups in /o n the sink. A Are there8 cupboards in your room?
2 We often have dinner in front o f/u nderth eT V . B No, there9 , but there are
10 shelves.
3 I live n e a r/n e xt to the beach. It's a 15-minute walk.
Marks 710
4 The clock is on the wall behind /be tw een the door.
5 Please don't leave your clothes in /o n the floor. 5 Rewrite the first sentence using a phrase with
6 The bank is opposite/betw een the supermarket. possessive's.
7 There's a bin u n d e r/in the desk in my bedroom. Amy drives that car. It's Amy's car.
8 I always sit on /n e x t to my best friend in class.
1 John is reading that book. It's.......................................
Marks /8
2 These shoes are for women.They're
3 Complete the text with the words below. 3 My grandparents live in that house. It's........................
4 I hose shirts are for men. They're..................................
city city centre countryside suburb town village
5 My friends are in that class. It's .....................................
6 My sister uses this computer. I t ' s .................................
Dartington is a small1
7 That game is for children. It's a
in the SouthWest of England. Fewer than 2,000
Marks /7
people live there. Dartington is very nearTotnes.
Totnes is much bigger than Dartington and so it’s a 6 Complete the sentences with possessive pronouns.
2............................................ . The nearest big
1 Can I have a pen? I can't fin d ........................
3............................................ is Plymouth. About
2 We see my grandparents a lot. Every Sunday, we go
250,000 people live there. M y parents live in a
to their house or they come t o ........................
4 of Plymouth called
3 This isn't my jacket. Is it ?
Plympton. Plympton is about 6 km from the
4 My sister and I are different. My hair is short and
5 . They often go for long
.......................is long.
walks in the beautiful 6
5 We often go on holiday with some friends. We go in
near their house.
our car and our friends go in ........................
Marks 76 6 Dan has my phone number and I have....................
Marks 76 Total 74 5

'he natural world
Reading and vocabulary It's wild!
The natural world

1 Read the words and their definitions. Then match
them to the photos A-C.
Working
/'dezat/ noun an area
d e s e rt
weather and not many plants. together
fo re s t /'forist/ n o u n an area of land with lots of trees.
grassland /'gruis.laend/ noun an area of land with

grass and plants. It is usually dry in the summer and In Eritrea, in north-east Africa, i t is dry and very
cold in the winter. hot. An elephant and a baboon want water
and they are working together. The
elephant is digging a hole. I t is
looking for water. The baboon
is sitting in a tree and it
is watching the elephant.
Now a lion is walking
towards the elephant.
The elephant can't see
the lion, but the baboon
can. The baboon makes
a loud noise and the
elephant runs away from
the lion. The baboon and the
2 Look at the photos again and find these things.
elephant go back to the hole
■ cactus ■ cloud ■ flower ■ grass ■ ice ■ tree ■ mountain and they drink the water together.
■ plant ■ sand ■ snow
3 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Answer the questions. Use

a dictionary if necessary.
Do you know any famous deserts or forests?
■ Do you have deserts, forests or grasslands in
your country?
What kinds of animals live in these environments?
4 Read the text. Match the animals with the correct

countries.
■ baboon ■ elephant lion ■ oxpecker bird ■ raven
■ rhinoceros wolverine
Eritrea Kenya Canada
5 Read the text again. Complete the sentences with

the names of the animals.
1 The........................... digs holes and looks for water.
2 The........................... makes a loud noise when it sees
a dead animal.
3 The........................... carries a bird on its back.
4 The........................... eats small insects.
5 The........................... flies in the sky and looks for food.
6 fhe digs in the snow.
46 The natural world

Vocabulary: the natural world; animal verbs; describing weather; Speaking: animals; holidays; weather; outdoor activities: making
adjective suffix -y, outdoor activities suggestions
Grammar: present continuous present simple or present continuous? W riting: describing a photo
6 Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Correct the

false ones.
1 The baboon and the elephant dig a hole together.
2 When the baboon sees a lion, it runs away.
3 The oxpecker bird helps the rhinoceros.
4 The oxpecker gives the rhinoceros small insects.
5 The raven can see dead animals in the snow.
6 The wolverine makes a loud noise when it finds food.
In another part
of Africa, in
Animal verbs
the grasslands
of Kenya, the 7 Label the photos with the highlighted verbs in the
oxpecker bird text.
works together
with the
rhinoceros. Very small
insects, called ticks, bite
the rhinoceros. The
rhinoceros doesn't 1 2
like this! But the
rhinoceros carries
the oxpecker bird
on its back and
the oxpecker eats
the ticks.
When different
animals or plants
work together, we
call it a symbiotic
relationship.
There are examples
of symbiotic
STRATEGY
relationships all over
the natural world. Recording words in context
Record new words in context - in a sentence or in a
short text.
Write the new word in a sentence in your
vocabulary notebook.
Thousands of The context helps you to understand the meaning and
kilometres away remember the word.
from Africa, in Words can have different meanings in different
the snow and contexts. Record the new word in its different contexts
ice of Northern with example sentences in your vocabulary notebook.
Canada, the
wolverine and 8 Read the strategy. Write a sentence for each verb
the raven have in exercise 7 in your notebook.
a symbiotic
Wolverines and ravens often hunt together.
relationship. It is
sometimes difficult to
find food in the snow. But 9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Choose a pair of
today the wolverine and the animals from the text and make notes about their
raven are hunting together in the forest. The raven symbiotic relationship. Tell your partner about their
is flying above the trees and looking for food. It sees relationship without looking at the text.
a dead animal in the snow and it makes a loud cry.
elephant and baboon
The wolverine follows the noise of the raven. It digs a
rhinoceros and oxpecker bird
hole in the snow and finds the dead animal. Now the
wolverine and raven
wolverine and the raven can eat their food together.
Vocabulary bank Animals page 129
The natural world 47

4B ■ Grammar and listening What are you watching?
rtv sstl
1 SPEAKING Do you use social networking sites? Which ones? Do you have a Twitter account?
Do you read or write tweets? Why / why not?
2 READING Read the tweets and answer the questions.

Who is ...
1 watching her dogs?...................... 5 sitting at home?...............
2 on holiday?.................................... 6 eating plants in a garden?
3 at the zoo?..................................... 7 taking photographs?.
4 with his sister?............................... 8 sleeping?..........................
GreenMagazine
Are you watching animals at the moment? Where are you and what are you doing?
Send us your tweets and your photos! #watchinganimals
SafariGirl I’m on holiday in South Africa. TeenVet My sister and I are at Chester Zoo.
At the moment, I’m looking at two big We’re taking photos of a black rhinoceros.
elephants in the hotel garden. They’re eating It's a beautiful animal and very big!
the plants! #watchinganimals #watchinganimals
GreenMagazine @SafariGirl Cool! Here’s an GreenMagazine @TeenVet Yes, rhinos

interesting fact: elephants eat 125-250 kilos are very big animals. An adult male weighs
of food every day! #watchinganimals 1,300 kilos! There are now only 3,600 black
rhinos in the wild. #watchinganimals
PetCrazy I’m sitting in the park. My
dogs are chasing a pigeon. My dogs are Lazy Boy I'm at home in front of the TV, but
running very fast, but the bird is flying away. I’m not watching it. I'm looking at my cat.
#watchinganimals Is she looking at me? No, she isn’t. She's
sleeping! #watchinganimals
GreenMagazine @PetCrazy Your dogs
can’t catch a pigeon. Pigeons fly at ninety GreenMagazine @LazyBoy Cats love
kilometres per hour. Most dogs run at thirty sleeping! Most cats sleep 13-16 hours a
kilometres per hour. #watchinganimals day. What a nice life! #watchinganimals
P re se n t c o n tin u o u s
3 Read the tweets again and complete the table with the present continuous.
Affirmative
I am f ............................ )
H e /S h e /It 2 Cs) sleeping.
W e/You / They are (3............................ )
Negative
1 am not (4............................ )
H e /S h e /It is not (isn't) sleeping.
W e/Y ou/They are not (aren't)
Questions and short answers
Yes, 1am.
Am 1
No, I'm not.
Yes, he / she / it is.
Is he /s h e / i t sleeping?
No, h e /sh e i t 5............................
6 Yes, we / you / they are.

we / you / they
No, we / you / they aren't.
4 Study the examples in exercise 3 and complete the rules.

a We use the present continuous to talk about routines / actions happening now.
b We form the present continuous with the auxiliary verb have/ be + -ing form of the main verb,
c With questions, we place the subject before / after the auxiliary verb and before / after the
main verb.

5 Look at the picture. Write questions
about it using the prompts (1-6) and
then answer them.
1 elephant/eat? (drink)
Is the elephant eatinq? No, it isn't.
It's drinking water.
2 tourists / sleep? (watch)
3 giraffe / drink water? (eat)
4 flamingos/walk? (fly)
5 rhinoceros / dig a hole? (sleep)
6 monkeys / run away? (sit)
6 1.58 Complete the dialogue with the present continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
Then listen and check.
Jo Hi, Mark. What are you doing (do) at the moment?
Mark I1 (watch) a TV programme about animals in the desert.
Jo 2 your brother (watch) TV with you?
Mark No, h e 3 .H e 4 ......... (play) the guitar and
h e 5......................................................(sing) a song.
Jo 6 your parents (listen) to your brother?
Mark N o,they7................................... They8......................................................(play) football in the
garden with my little sister W hat9 you (do)?10
y o u ................................... (listen) to the radio?
Jo No, I 11...................................................... (not listen) to the radio, I 12
................................... (do) my homework.
Mark But I can hear a loud noise. What is it?
Jo That's my dad. H e13 (shout) at the dog.
Mark W hy14 he ..................................(shout) at the dog?
Jo Because the d o g 15 ......................................... (dig) a hole in the garden!
7 S P E A K IN G W o rk in pairs. C o m p le te th e q u e stio n s below . T h en a s k an d a n sw e r th e qu estio ns.

1 W hat........................................... your mum / dad ............................................ (do) at the moment?
2 W hat........................................... your teacher (do) now?
3 W hat...........................................y o u ............................................. (read) at the moment?
4 ............... y o u ............................................. (watch) a film now?
5 .......y o u .............................................(listen) to music?
6 W hat...........................................y o u ............................................. (do) at the moment?
8 1.59 Listen to the dialogue. What's the problem?

Where is Raj?
a in a cafe
b in a car
c in a phone shop
9 1.59 Listen again and answer the questions.

1 Which country is Raj in? 5 What is Raj trying to do?
2 Where is he going? 6 What is Raj's sister doing?
3 Who is driving the car? 7 What is the problem with the phone?
4 What are Raj and his family doing 8 What is Sarah doing?
at the moment?
10 S P E A K IN G W o rk in pairs. Im a g in e yo u are on an a m a zin g o r u n u su al ho lid ay. A sk a n d answ er

q u e stio n s a b o u t th e se th in g s. Use th e present co n tin u o u s.
Where / you / stay?
What /y o u /d o ?
Who / you / spend time with?
What / you / look at / now?
V ocabulary bank Pets page 129

4C ■ Culture, vocabulary and grammar What’s the weather like?
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the photos and

answers the questions.
Where are the people? What are they doing?
What’s the weat
2 Read the text and match photos A-D to paragraphs
1-4. What is the season in each place?
like with you?
It’s two o’clock in the afternoon on
Saturday 15th November. What’s
3 Read the text again and answer the questions.
happening around the world?
1 What isTamsin doing?
2 What does she do every day?
3 Where does Nanuq live?
4 What is Nanuq doing today?
5 What is Jodie doing today?
6 How many seasons are there in Cairns?
7 What are Piet and Sunil doing?
8 When does summer begin in Cape Town?
Describing weather
4 Label the weather icons with the highlighted
adjectives in the text.
if f ı
2 In Brighton, 23-year-old Tamsin is walking on the beach
with her dog, Jet. It’s raining at the moment. Tamsin
is carrying an umbrella and she’s throwing a stick for
7
1 8
4 9
4 10
4
5
her dog. It rains about 150 days per year in the UK and
November is usually a very stormy month, with a lot of
rain and wind. ‘Jet and I walk on the beach every day. 1
insight Adjective suffix: -y hate the rainy weather in autumn,’ says Tamsin, ‘but Jet
is always happy in the rain, snow or sun!’
5 You can make adjectives from nouns by adding -y.
Complete the table with the correct form. 2
Nanuq is a 14-year-old Inuit from Iqaluit, in Northern
Noun Adjective Noun Adjective
io Canada. It’s the cold season and he’s playing ice
rain rainy 3
windy
hockey with his friends. Iqaluit is in the territory of
1 sunny storm 4
Nunavut. It’s snowing today and the temperature is
2 snowy cloud 5 -12 °C . Iqaluit has two seasons: a cold season from
October to May, and a warm season from June to
6 Look at the text again. Find another way to say: is September. It’s usually cloudy and snowy in the cold
1 It is snowy. 2 It is rainy. season and sometimes it snows in the warm season.
‘I often play ice hockey at the weekends,’ says Nanuq.
7 1.60 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Read the quiz. “Winter sports are very popular here!’
Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Listen and
check.
Hew much do cfcn knew abewt

the weather?
1 A tornado can pick up a truck.
2 It rains every day in the Amazon Rainforest.
3 All deserts are very hot and dry.
4 Mount Baker in the USA has more snow per year
than Antarctica.
5 There are 400 thunderstorms every day around
the world..............
The natural world

Present simple or present continuous
8 Write PS (present simple) or PC (present continuous)
for each sentence.
1 He's playing ice hockey with his friends.
2 Jet and I walk on the beach every day.
3 It rains every day in the Amazon Rainforest...................
4 Piet, 25, and Sunil, 24, are walking in
Table Mountain National Park. ...........
5 I often play ice hockey at the weekend.
6 She's visiting her cousins in Cairns.
9 Study the sentences in exercise 8. Complete the

rules with present simple or present continuous.
Then find at least one example sentence from
exercise 8 for each rule.
a We use th e ................................... to talk about
general truths.....................................
b We use th e ................................... to talk about
actions happening now....................................
c We use the. to talk about habits
and routines.....................................
d We use th e ................................... to talk about things
happening around the now.....................................
Jodie, 17, is from the USA, but at the moment she’s Reference and practice 4.2 Workbook page 120
visiting her cousins in Cairns, Australia. Many 20
tourists visit the Great Barrier Reef when they are in 10 Complete the text with the correct present simple or
Cairns, but today, Jodie is white water rafting with her present continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
cousins on the Tully River. It’s the middle of summer
and it’s very hot. Cairns has a tropical climate, with <2> ' O ' < = =>
two seasons: a winter season and a summer season. 25
The winter season is usually dry and cool and the I u s u a lly ’ play (p la y ) fo o tb a ll w ith m y frie n d s in th e
summer season is hot and rainy. p a rk , b u t w e 2 (s ta y ) a t h o m e
4 to d a y b e c a u s e i t 3 (r a in ) an d
It’s late spring in Cape Town and it’s warm and th e r e 's a b ig th u n d e r s to rm . A t th e m o m e n t, w e
4 (lis te n ) to th e th u n d e r a n d m y
sunny today. Piet, 25, and Sunil, 24, are walking
c a t, T in k e r ,5 (h id e ) u n d e r th e bed.
in Table Mountain National Park. ‘November is 30
W e o fte n 6 (h a v e ) to rn a d o e s a nd
a good time for walking, it’s usually sunny and it
th u n d e r s to rm s in O k la h o m a . W h a t 7 (b e )
doesn’t often rain,’ says Sunil. The views from the
th e w e a th e r lik e in y o u r to w n to d a y ?
top of Table Mountain are amazing.’ Cape Town has
8..........................i t ........................... (rain)?
a mediterranean climate, with four seasons. The
summer starts in December and it’s usually very 35
sunny and hot, but sometimes il gets windy.

DVD EXTRA Measuring the weather
11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Make questions using

the present simple and present continuous. Then
answer the questions.
1 What /th e weather /lik e /today?
2 it / r a in / a t the moment?
3 What / you / usually / do / at the weekend?
4 W h a t/y o u /d o /n o w ?
5 How many / books / you / read / every month?
6 What book / you / read / now?
7 What m usic/usually/listen to?
8 you / listen to music / now?

4 D ■ Listening, speaking and vocabulary Get active
Outdoor activities
1 How many of these activities can you find in the photos?
bouldering bungee jum ping ■ canoeing ■ caving diving horse riding
mountain biking : rock climbing ı snowboarding surfing zorbing
2 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the photos again and answer the
questions.
Do you do any of these activities? Which ones?
Do you want to do any of these activities? Why / why not?
Which activities are exciting / boring / safe / dangerous?
STRATEGY
Using visual clues
Sometimes you can use visual clues when you do a listening task. Visual clues
can include:
illustrations photographs ■ titles keywords
Look at the visual clues before you listen. Think about what you expect to hear.
Look at the title and picture in exercise 3. What type of place does the flyer
show? Name one activity you can do there.
3 1.62 Read the strategy. Listen to the radio advertisement and

complete the flyer.
Redingly Activity Centre

At Redingly Activity Centre, you can try new activities,
learn new sports and have fun! We offer sessions in
bouldering,1 , mountain biking,
zorbing and 2
Prices
£15 per activity
* * HOLIDAY OFFER**
Morning session (two activities): £25
Afternoon session (two activities): £25
Full day session (four activities) 3£
Opening hours: a.m .- 5.30 p.m.

Monday fo
4 1.61 Listen to two instructors from the Redingly Activity Centre. Which
activities do Jeff and Maria talk about? Which activities are they teaching?
5 1.61 Listen again and find the things below in three of the photos.
■ crash pad zorb ■ hill ■ partner ■ helmet ■ rope ■ boulder
4D
6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Imagine you are doing one of the activities in exercise 1. Describe
the activity using the questions below to help you. Can your partner guess the activity?
■ Where are you?
What are you doing?
What equipment are you using?
M a k in g suggestions
7 Read the advertisement for Southview Holiday Park and answer the questions.
1 Which activities are free?
2 Which activities are indoors?
3 Which activities are outdoors?
Southview Holiday Park

Facilities
♦ Indoor swimming pool (£4)
4- Outdoor swimming pool (free!)
♦ Horse riding (£25)
♦ Indoor climbing wall (£3.50)
♦ Sports hall with tennis courts (£3.50)
♦ Skateboarding park (free!)
4 Mini golf (£2.50)
8 1.63 Listen to the dialogue. Which activity do Tarek and Steph choose?
9 1.63 Listen again and complete the phrases from the dialogue.
M aking suggestions Responding to suggestions

What do y o u 1 to do? Sorry, I'd4
H o w 2..........................................mini golf? .............................................
W hy3.......................................... 5..........................................idea!
.......................................... go horse riding?
10 1.64 Complete the dialogue with the phrases below. Then listen and check.
That sounds great ■ I'd prefer to ■ What about Let's
Steph Oh no! The swimming pool's closed.

Tarek 1.............................................................................................. going to the skateboarding park?
Steph 2.................................................................................... but we haven't got a skateboard.
Tarek Yes, that's true.3.............................................................................................. go to the sports
hall and play tennis. It's only £3.50 for a game.
Steph 4 go o n the climbing wall.
Tarek Fine, I love climbing. Let's go!
11 Read the dialogue again. Underline more ways of making and responding to suggestions.
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. You are at the Redingly Activity Centre for the day. You are deciding
which activities to do. Write a dialogue. Use the information on page 52 and exercises 9 and
10 to help you.
A Ask for suggestions
B make a suggestion
A Refuse and make another suggestion
B Accept

4E ■ Writing Describing a photo
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the

photo and answer the questions.
Where was the photo taken?
What is the weather like?
■ What animal can you see?
What is it doing?
How many people can you see?
What are they doing?
2 Read the description of the photo. Find the answers to the questions in exercise 1.
HHHHHH1
T h is is a p h o to o f p e o p le o n s a fa ri. I t h in k th e y 're , p ro b a b ly in A f r ic a b e c a u s e t h e f r e
w a tc h in g a n e le p h a n t. The- people- a re in th e f o r e g r o u n d o f th e p h o to a n d th e e le p h a n t is in
b a c k g ro u n d . The- e le p h a n t is s ta n d in g a n d lo o k in g away f r o m the. to u r is ts . P e rh a p s it 's
shy! In the. b a c k g ro u n d , b e h in d Ih e e le p h a n t th e r e a re some- tre-es. T here , a re f o u r people-
in th e p h o to . T h e y a re s it t in g in a je e p . The-tT are- tw o w o m e n in th e f r o n t a n d tw o mem in
th e b a c k . T h e tw o w o m e n are- w e a rin g h a ts . O ne o f th & w o m e n h a s g o t a c a m e ra . The- s u n is
s h in in g a n d it lo o k s v e ry h o t.
Expressing u n c e rta in ty
3 Study these examples from the photo description. Then rewrite the sentences (1-4) to
include expressions of uncertainty. Use the words in brackets.
I think they're probably in Africa because they're watching an elephant.
Perhaps it’s shy!
The writer uses / think, probably and perhaps to express uncertainty. Probably goes after the verb be
but before other verbs.
1 The people are in a desert. There is a lot o f sand, (probably / because)
2 The elephants are in the jungle. They are looking for food, (perhaps)
3 The weather is very cold. There is snow on the ground, (probably / because)
4 The old man is the children's grandfather. (I think)
&*%>■
Describing a photo
Label the photo with the words below.
in the foreground in the background
2
■ on the left ■ in the middle
■ on the right 3 4
5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Describe a photo

from this unit and your partner guesses
which photo it is. Remember to talk about 5
what you can see in the foreground, the

middle and the background.
K STRATEGY
Using questions to plan your w riting
Using questions can make it easier to plan your writing. Before you write a description, think of
questions to help you describe the photo and answer them. Think about these questions.
What is the subject of the photo? What can you see in the foreground / background?
Where was the photo taken? How many people / animals / things can you see?
■ What is happening in the photo? What are they doing?
What is the weather like? Do they look happy / sad? Why?
6 Read the strategy. Go back to your photo from exercise 5 and answer the questions in the
strategy to describe it in more detail. Describe the photo to your partner again. Does your
description improve?

WRITING GUIDE
■ Task Write a description of a photo. ■ Remember to use expressions of uncertainty.

■ Remember to use the present continuous to
■ Ideas Choose another photo from unit 4 and answer
describe what is happening in the photo.
the questions in the strategy.
■ Plan Use your answers to plan your photo description. ■ Write Write your description of the photo. Use
the strategy, your ideas and plan to help you.
■ Begin by saying where the photo was taken.
Remember to use expressions of uncertainty.
■ Include any other important information.
■ Remember to describe where things are happening in ■ Check Check your spelling, grammar and
the photo. punctuation.
Review 4
1 Complete the text with the verbs below. 4 Complete the dialogue with the present continuous
bite carry dig follow hunt ı look for runaway form of the verbs in brackets.
A Beth, there's a fox in our garden.
Cats are popular pets, but they can be quite difficult.
B W hat1...........................................(it / do)? Look!
They1 you around when they want food,
There's another fox behind the wall. I think
but then they can2....................... you if they don't want
2 (it / hide).
you near them. A mother c a t3 her baby
A No,3 (it / not / hide).
carefully in her mouth, but when they are outside they
4 (it / wait) for the other fox.
o fte n 4 birds. They also5
B Where5 (you / go)?
holes in your garden. Cats usually6....................... if they
A 6 .................. (I/g e t) my camera. Right.
hear a loud noise. You can7 them all day,
W hat7.......................................... (they / do) now?
but it isn't easy to find them.
Marks /7 B Now, they're both in the garden.
8 (they / look) in the bins.
2 Complete the sentences with adjectives from the A Let me see. Stop pushing!
nouns below. B 9 (I / not / push)! Look!
cloud rain snow storm sun wind 10 (th e y /ru n away).
A That's because11........................................(you/m ake)
1 It's................................... today. Let's go to the beach. a lot o f noise!
2 It's. in the Alps, so people go skiing there. Marks 711
3 It's very........................ You can see the trees moving.
4 It's a .............................day, so I'm taking my umbrella. 5 Complete the text with the present simple or
5 It's....................... , so there aren't any boats on the sea. present continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
6 It's really.....................................You can't see the sun.
Marks /6 W here1 (people (go) to
see whales? Whales 2 (live) in all of the
3 Write the sports the people are doing. oceans, but Vancouver Island is a good place ro see them.
Myra Rawlings 3 (organize) boat tours
1 Kate's standing on a high bridge.
from the island, but she 4 (not go) on the
h .....................................j ......................................
boat with the tourists. That's her husband, Callum's job.
2 I'm cycling on a hill.
Their whale watching tour 5 (start) at
m.....................................b.......................................
9 a.m. every day and now it's midday. Callum is with two
3 Brad's moving down a ski slope very fast,
families today, but the boatt 6 (not move).
sn......................................
Callum 7 (show) the families some whales.
4 My friends are climbing on some small rocks, The whales 8 (not swim) very fast, so they
b..................................... are easy to follow. The people on the boat 9
5 Rosie's standing on a board in the sea. (wear) headphones, but w hat10 they
s..................................... (listen to)? Whales 11 (use)
6 The children are in a ball going down a hill, sounds to communicate with each other The families
z ..................................... 12 (listen) to the whales singing. How much
7 We're moving fast on a river. 13 a whale watching tour
w..................................... w...................................... (cost)? It's usually about $150 per person.
r.....................................
8 Mike's swimming under water, Marks /13
d.....................................
Marks /8 Total

FVN -V
Listening
1 1.65 Read questions 1-5. Underline the key
words in each question. Then listen and choose the
correct answers.
1 Listen to an announcement. What tim e is the dolphin
rescue?
a 2.00 p.m.
b 2.30 p.m.
c 2.45 p.m.
2 Listen to a dialogue between two friends. Where
are they?
a at the zoo
b at the circus
c at the cinema
3 Listen to a sports commentary. Which team is
winning?
a City is winning,
b United is winning,
c It's a draw.
4 Listen to a dialogue between a mother and her
daughter. What does Amy want for her birthday?
a a cat
b a dog
c a rabbit
5 Listen to a tour guide. Where are the tourists?
a on a beach
b in a town
c on a mountain
Speaking
2 Work in pairs. You are at an animal sanctuary. You
are deciding which animals to see first. Prepare a
dialogue.
Polar bears live where the ice meets the sea
■ Say which animals you would like to see. in the Arctic Circle. They are born on land, but
■ Suggest some different animals when your friend
they spend m ost o f th e ir tim e in the water.
doesn’t agree.
1 However, the polar bear is
Suggest getting a map of the animal sanctuary.
5 specially adapted fo r life in such a cold place.
Ask someone for directions to the animals you
choose. The m ost im portant adaptation is th e ir fun
A polar bear's fu r has both long and short
Reading hairs, which means that it is very thick. This
3 Match sentences A-F with gaps 1-5 in the text. There thick fur keeps the bear warm on the land
is one sentence that you do not need. 10 and stops it g e tting w et when it is swimming.
2 This means that the bear
A Polar bears have a very large body with a small head
appears to be w hite like the snow and ice around
and very small ears.
it. The skin under the fu r is black. Because o f its
B The hairs are transparent and so they reflect the light
from the sun. colour, the skin absorbs the sun's heat and gives
C Sometimes the bears can get too hot, so they jum p the bear extra warmth.
into the water to cool off. Under a polar bear's thick fur and black skin
D They look like giant snowshoes and they work in the
is a layer o f fat. This layer can be up to 12 cm
same way.
thick and it protects the bears from the cold.
E The temperature in the Arctic can be as low as -45°C
3 Polar bears hunt seals fo r
in the winter.
20 fo o d and these are difficult to fin d in the summer
F The bears can also use it for energy when there isn't
when the ice melts.
anything to eat.
Cum ulative review Units 1-4 Literature insight 2 Workbook page 94

I f
G ram m ar and vo cab ulary
4 Choose the correct answers.
Sharks one! oilotfi/h:

a symbiotic relationship
Most people 1 sharks because
o f scary films and stories about shark attacks. But
2 some fish that aren't afraid
o f them. These fish are called pilotfish and they
3 a symbiotic relationship with
the sharks. Pilotfish are small and so the sea is a
dangerous place f o r 4 . But when
a pilotfish 5 with a shark, it is
safe. This is because there aren't6
animals in the sea that attack sharks. In exchange
for this protection, the pilotfish cleans the
7 after it eats. The shark opens
its mouth and the pilotfish 8
inside.9 food between the shark's
teeth and there are parasites on the food. The shark
10 for the pilotfish to finish
cleaning before it closes its mouth again.
1 a doesn't like b like c don't like

2 a there are b there is c they are
3 a has b are having c have
4 a they b them c their
5 a is travelling b travel c are travelling
6 a any b an c some
7 a teeth's shark b shark's teeth c teeth shark's
8 a is swimming b swims c are swimming
9 a There is b There are c They are
10 a always wait b waits always c always waits
W riting
5 Choose a place in the world which interests you.

Write a tourist guide. Include this information:
where the place is
what you can do in the early and late morning
■ where you can have lunch
what you can do in the early and late afternoon
where you can go at night
Exam insight 2 Workbook page 104 Cum ulative review Units 1-4
Food, glorious food
Reading and vocabulary Food matters
SPEAKING Choose the correct words to complete There are a lot of

the sentences. Then check your answers at the vegetarians in Britain.
bottom of the page. Which facts are surprising? About 8% of teenagers
1 Around the world, we throw away 13% / 33% of our don't eat any meat or
food.This is enough for three billion people. fish and you can always
2 About a m illion / billion people around the world choose a vegetarian
don't have enough to eat. meal at school. But
3 Eighteen people die every m inute / day because there are a lot of other
they haven't got enough food. special diets too. Here
4 The food industry produces 14% / 40% of the gases are three of them.
responsible for global warming.
5 In Britain, vegetables travel an average of 240/2,400
kilometres before people eat them. Fruitarians don't want to
kill living things - plants
Food or animals - for food. We
never eat meat or dairy
2 2.01 Find the food below in the title of the text.
products and we don't
eat many vegetables.
apple bread carrot cheese chocolate coffee When you eat a carrot,
■ cucumber lettuce mushroom ■ nuts orange the carrot plant dies. But
■ tomato tomatoes and cucumbers
are OK because the plant
STRATEGY doesn't die. We eat a
lot of fruit and nuts.
M aking m ind maps
Unfortunately, the human
Mind maps are a great way to record vocabulary body can't get much
groups. You can add new vocabulary quickly and calcium, iron or vitamin B
understand it clearly. To make a mind map: from a fruitarian diet, so I
■ write the main topic word in the centre. need a lot of vitamin pills
■ write the names of sub-topics around the main topic, too. There aren't many
add words for each sub-topics. fruitarians in Europe, but
in India.
Use mind maps to record vocabulary in your notebook.
3 Read the strategy. Copy the mind map below into

your vocabulary notebook and add the words in
exercise 2. Remember to add other food words
when you learn them in the unit.
lunch
dinner
breakfast
fish
meals
snacks
meat
drinks
carbohydrates
dairy products
bread
sugar and fats vegetables
fruit
nuts
OOP'Z S %M P ainujui £ uoynq z % £Z l :sj9msuv
58 Food, glorious food

Vocabulary: food; compound nouns: on the dinner table; opinion little, a few,
adjectives Speaking: food and you; school farm; your favourite dish; ordering food
Grammar: countable and uncountable nouns; much, many a lot of, a W riting: description of a festival
4 Read the text. Which person:

a doesn’t pay for food?
b doesn't eat meat?
c doesn't eat food from other parts o f the world?
5 Read the text again and answer the questions.

1 Why doesn't Lucy eat carrots?
2 What problem is possible with a fruitarian diet?
3 In which country is a fruitarian diet very popular?
4 Why is the transport of food bad for the environment?
5 Does Tim drink coffee? W h y /w h y not?
6 Is it easy forTim to live without food from other areas?
7 Why does Simon dislike the food industry?
8 What three places does Simon's food come from?
9 How does a freegan diet stop food waste?
The transport of food around the world uses a lot 6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Discuss these questions.
of petrol and th a t causes global warming. I am a
1 Are you interested in any o f these diets? W hy/
locavore and I only eat food from the area near my
why not?
home in Glasgow because local food doesn't use
2 Do you know any people with an unusual diet?
much petrol. I only eat food produced within fifty
What do / don't they eat?
kilometres of my home. I can buy fantastic local
3 Could you live without these types o f food?
beef, salmon, bread, apples and yoghurt. But I can't
have chocolate cake, coffee or orange juice because ■ chocolate ■ coffee ■ meat ■ milk and cheese ■ oranges
the ingredients come from abroad. That's sometimes
difficult for me. I love chocolate cake! But it's the insight Compound nouns
right choice for the environment.
7 We put two nouns together to make a compound
noun. Match a word in A to a word in B to make
compound nouns. Then complete the sentences.
A ■ chocolate ■ fruit ■ ham ■ ice ■ mushroom ■ olive
orange tomato
B cake cream juice oil pizza ı salad sandwich
■ sauce
1 I usually drink at breakfast.
2 I love meat and bread, so my favourite cold lunch is
a ...................................................
3 I often buy a n ..................................................on really
hot afternoons.
4 I usually choose a at
Italian restaurants because I'm a vegetarian.
5 On my birthday, my mum usually makes me a
b ig ...................................................
6 I can make a really nice..................................................
Freegans never buy food. We only eat free food. I'm to put on my spaghetti.
a freegan because I don't like the food industry and 7 I like a lot o f different fruit, so I often eat a
its treatment of animals and the environment. Also,
when you buy food in a supermarket, only about 10% 8 I usually p u t..................................................on top of
of your money goes to farmers. This isn't fair. I grow a a green salad.
lot of vegetables in my garden, and I find mushrooms,
fruit and salad ingredients in the countryside. I also 8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Discuss these questions.
find food in bins outside big shops. Shops throw away 1 Do you think you waste food? What? How?
six million tonnes of food every year in Britain and a 2 Do you think your school wastes food? What? How?
lot of it is good to eat. A freegan diet helps stop the
3 How can you stop wasting food? Give examples.
terrible waste of food in our modern world.
Vocabulary bank Food page 130
Food, glorious food 59

5B ■ Grammar and listening School food with a difference

1 What food do farms produce? Make a list.
2 What can you see in the photos? What food does this farm produce? Why is it unusual?
2 Read the interview and check your answers. Do you think the farm is a good idea?
W hy/w hy not?
Farm sch ool

Oathall Community College in Sussex is an ordinary British secondary school. However, one thing makes it very
different: there's a farm at the school. Caitlin Spence, one of its students, explains.
C a itlin , t h e r e a r e n ’t m a n y s c h o o ls in B r it a in w it h a fa r m . H o w m u c h fo o d d o e s th e fa r m p ro d u c e ?
T e ll m e a b o u t y o u rs . Every year it produces 2,000 eggs, 1,000 litres of milk,
We've got a lot of pigs, sheep, hens and cows.We've also about 800 kilos of lamb and 400 kilos of pork.The amount
got bees for their honey.There are some apple trees, and of fruit and vegetables changes a lo t from year to year.
we grow a lot of potatoes, cabbages and other vegetables.
W h a t d o y o u d o w it h t h e fo o d ?
H o w m u c h t im e d o s t u d e n t s s p e n d o n t h e f a r m e a c h w e e k ? We eat it in our school lunches and we also sell our meat

A lot of students help with the farm animals before o r at the farm shop.The sausages are delicious!
after school. I'm there fo r two and a half hours every H o w m a n y s a u s a g e s d o e s t h e s h o p s e ll?
week fo r my agriculture lessons. W e sell about 200 sausages every week - they're
very popular.
D o a l l t h e s t u d e n t s a t O a t h a ll s t u d y a g r ic u lt u r e ?
No, they don't, but we all visit the farm fo r different A r e t h e r e m a n y e g g s in t h e s h o p ? A n d w h a t a b o u t f r u i t
subjects: maths, art and science, fo r example. a n d v e g e ta b le s ?
No, there aren't.The shop doesn't sell many eggs or
vegetables because they go in our lunches. It sells a lo t of
apples in autumn, but it doesn't sell much fru it at other
times of year.
C o u n tab le and u n co u n tab le nouns
3 Which of these things can you count? Which can't you count?
apple honey milk sausage
4 Find the words below in the interview and complete the table. Then read about countable
and uncountable nouns.
cabbage egg jfood : fruit lamb meat potato vegetable
Countable vegetable, ....................................................................................................................

Uncountable meat, ....................................................................................................................
Countable nouns
a They have got a singular and a plural form.
b We use a / a n with the singular form and some/any with the plural form.
There's a cow. There are some cows. There aren't any cows.
Uncountable nouns
a They have only got a singular form,
b We don't use a / an. We only use some/any.
There is some milk. There isn't any milk.
c We can't count uncountable nouns; we can only measure and weigh them. A litre o f milk.
Remember! We use some in affirmative sentences and any in negative sentences and questions.

5B
5 2.02 Complete the dialogue about the farmshop. Use there is /a re with so m e /a n y and
the prompts in brackets. Use the plural form of the countable nouns. Then listen and check.
A Is t h e r e a n y m e a t (meat ?) today?
B Yes, there is.1 ................................................... (lamb / )
and2 (sausage </),
b u t3............................................................................ ...................................... (beef/).
4
A .... (vegetable ?) ?
B Yes,5............................................................................. ....................................... (potato / ) ,
b u t6 ..(cabbage X).
A A n d 7............................................................................ ...................................... (milk ?) ?
B No, I'm sorry.8................................................................................................................. (m ilk /) today.
much, many, a lot of

6 Complete these sentences from the text in exercise 2. Then match the two halves of the rules.
1 There aren't ........................................................................................schools in Britain with a farm.
2 We've g o t....................................................................................................................................... pigs.
3 H ow .......................................................................................................food does the farm produce?
4 H ow ........................................................................................................ sausages does the shop sell?
5 It doesn't sell.................................................................................................................................. fruit.
a We use much with 1 countable nouns.

b We use many with 2 uncountable nouns.
c We usually use much and many 3 in negative sentences and questions.
d We use a lot o f 4 in affirmative sentences, with countable and
uncountable nouns.
Complete the factfile with much, m any or a lo t of.
Farming H ow 1 food does the w o rld produce every year?

4 billion tonnes, but we waste a lot of it.
H ow 2 land do we use to produce this food?
About 38% of the land on the planet. There aren't3 places for w ild animals to
live now and an area of forest the size of Portugal disappears every year.
How 4 people can live on the food from one hectare o f land?
One hectare can produce 5 vegetarian food - enough for thirty people. But it
can only produce enough meat for ten people.
How 6 w ater does farm ing use?
About 70% of the planet's fresh water For example, 7 water from the Yantze
River in China is used in farming. But in a lot of places, there isn't8 fresh water.
H ow 9 litres o f w ater do farmers need to produce a kilogram o f food?
About 13,000 litres for a kilogram of beef, but only 1,000 litres for a kilogram of bread. Producing
meat requires 10 land and water
8 2.03 Complete the questions with much or many. Then listen to the radio programme
and answer the questions.
1 H o w .................................................................................students are at the farm at half past seven?
2 Do the students give the sheep............................................................................... food in summer?
3 H ow .......................................................................................................... hens are there on the farm?
4 How eggs does a hen usually produce every day?
5 How students milk Daisy the cow every day?
6 Do the students drink milk from the farm?
9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Plan a farm for your school. Discuss these questions.
How many animals and plants do you want? Make a list.
What are the important jobs on the farm?
What do you want to do with the food you produce?
5C ■ Culture, vocabulary and grammar Traditional food

1
2
What traditional dishes does your country have?
What region o f your country do they come from?
Food map of
3
4
Do you like eating them?
Do you know any traditional dishes from Britain?
Britain and Ireland
Describe them. People in Britain and Ireland eat a lot of
STRATEGY international food, like chicken tikka masala
from India and chow mein from China. But
Using a dictionary w hen you read traditional British and Irish food is also popular
When you first read a text, underline any unknown Here are some favourite dishes from around
words. the British Isles.
■ Can you understand the meaning of the words from
the context?
Look up the words in your dictionary and remember
the meaning.
Don't forget to write the new words in your vocabulary Barm brack
notebook. You can add them to mind maps or include
their definition and an example sentence. People in Ireland like
eating this special fruit
2 Read the strategy. Then read the text and cake at Halloween.
underline any unknown words. Look them up in Traditionally, there are
a few surprises inside
a dictionary and record them in your vocabulary
the cake. A ring in your
notebook.
slice of cake means
true love next year, but
3 Read the text again and write the names of the a bean means a future
dishes next to the descriptions. There is one without money.
sentence you do not need to use.
1 This can tell you your future!
2 This food comes from a river
3 You eat this on Sunday.
4 You take this home to eat.

IRELAND
5 You eat this with cheese.
6 This is popular with visitors to the area.
7 People have this between lunch and dinner.
8 You make this with parts o f an animal and eat it

at a winter festival.
A cream tea is a scone (a special type of

4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Do you want to try these bread with a few raisins in it) with cream and
traditional dishes? Why / why not? strawberry jam. You have it in the afternoon
at about 4 p.m. with a cup of tea - with a *
On the dinner table little milk in the tea, of course!
5 2.04 Match the objects below to the items in

the photos (1-9). Listen, check and repeat. Cornish pasty
bowl cup ı fork glass jug knife This is a pie with beef,
mug plate spoon potato and vegetables
inside. There are a lot e
of tourists in Cornwall
CORNWALL
in summer and their
favourite holiday food
is a Cornish pasty.

v ^ /
6 Answer the questions with the words in exercise 5.
■if Hagg
1 What do you use when you eat dinner?
2 What do you use when you eat ice cream or yoghurt?
This is a big sausage with the heart, lungs and

3 What do you use when you have a cold drink?
liver of a sheep inside. It's popular on Bums
Night, a Scottish festival on 25 January to
4 What do you use when you have a hot drink?
remember Scotland's famous poet, Robert
Burns. One of Burns's poems is about haggis.
5 What do you use when you eat breakfast?
A t a Bums Night dinner, someone reads the
poem and cuts the haggis with a big knife.
6 What do you use to pour or keep milk?
SCOTLAND
a little / a few
7 Find examples o f a little and a few in the text. Then
choose the correct words to complete the rules.
a We use a little with countable / uncountable nouns,
b We use a few with countable / uncountable nouns,
c a little means a lo t o f / not much.
d a few means a lo t o f / not many.
Yorkshire pu d d in g
The word 'pudding' usually means Reference and practice 5.3 Workbook page 121
something with sugar in it, but Yorkshire
pudding is different. You make it from eggs, 8 Complete the dialogue with a little and a few.
flour and milk, and eat it with beef, potatoes,
vegetables and gravy (a brown sauce) as Jane Can I try 1 pudding?
part of a traditional Sunday lunch. Lily Of course. It's called trifle, and it's very popular
in Britain.
Jane Wow! It's delicious. How do you make it?
Lily First you need 2................................... slices
of cake. You put 3.................................. jam
^ir w r YORKSHIRE on them and then put them in a bowl with
'T V 4..................................fruit. I usually use

5................................... raspberries and
LANCASHIRE Lancashire is the home strawberries with 6.................................. sugar
of Britain's first fish and You put jelly on top of the fruit and cake and
A- chip shop and there a yellow sauce called custard. On top of the
are now about 10,000 custard you put 7.................................. cream and
of them around the finally 8 nuts. It's very easy
country. The British eat
230 million fish and
chip dinners every year.
People usually buy this
meal as a takeaway to
eat outside or at home.
London
The Thames
Jellied eels
Eels live in the River Thames in
9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Tell your partner about
EVON London and a bowl of jellied eels
the ingredients of a traditional dish from your
is a traditional meal for the people
country. Use a lo t of, a little and a few.
of the city. You cook slices of eel in
water with a little vinegar and lemon Vocabulary bank Food quantities page 130
juice. There are still a few eel and
pie shops in London, but these days DVD EXTRA Borough Market
they're not very popular
5D ■ Listening, speaking and vocabulary Delicious or disgusting?
Country:
Country:
Country
1 SPEAKING label the photos (A-C) with the dishes and the countries
they come from.
Cambodia caterpillars guinea pigs ■ Peru ■ South Africa tarantulas
2 2.05 Listen to a TV programme about unusual food and complete the table.
Dylan Lauren Elsa
Food
Country
Does he/she like it?
3 2.05 Listen to the programme again. Choose the correct answers.

1 What does Dylan think o fth e caterpillars?
a They're very nice. b He hates them. c They're OK.
2 What does the presenter say about the caterpillars?
a They'rehealthy. b They're unhealthy. c They're like sweets,
3 What does Lauren like about the tarantulas?
a their hair b their taste c their legs
4 What do the tarantulas taste like?
a crisps b salt c meat
5 Does Elsa like guinea pigs?
a Yes, as pets. b Yes, as meat. c No, she doesn't,
6 Who thinks it’s wrong to kill cows?
a Elsa b people in India c the presenter
7 What does Lauren think o fth e guinea pig meat?
a It's like chicken. b It isn't great. c She can't eat it.
Opinion adjectives
4 2.05 What do the people on the TV programme describe with these adjectives? Listen
again and match 1-8 to a-h.
1 exciting a the taste of the guinea pig
2 strange b guinea pigs as pets
3 boring c the appearance o fth e caterpillars
4 scary d food from around the world
5 disgusting e spiders
6 lovely f cultural differences around the world
7 interesting g the taste of the caterpillars
8 delicious h the tarantulas'legs

5 2.06 Complete these sentences with the adjectives in exercise 4. Then listen, check and
repeat.
If something is:
1 .................................... , you want to know about it.
2 , it's got a very bad taste, smell or appearance.
3 ........................ , you want to run away.
4 ........................... , it's got a very nice taste.
5 ........................................................................, it's not interesting.
6 ............................., it's got a nice appearance or it's nice in another way.
7 , it's unusual.
8 , it gives you a lot of very good or very happy feelings.
6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Give your opinion of the items below using the adjectives in exercise
4.Then give your opinion of other food, animals, sports, hobbies, school subjects, films, etc.
ballet ı chocolate fried guinea pig history Jellied eels parachuting ■ science ı snakes
O rd erin g food
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Complete the menu with the words below.
bread cake cheese chips fruit juice pasta strawberry
Starters
• t o m a to s o u p
• g a rlic 1 • Ice c re a m : 6 , v a n illa o r c h o c o la te
• s a la d • 7............................................s a la d
Main courses Drinks

• 2.................. , t o m a t o a n d m u s h ro o m pizza • le m o n a d e
• S ausages a n d 3 • o ra n g e 8
• 4 ............................... w it h t o m a t o s a u ce • c o ffe e
• S a lm o n w it h ric e • te a
8 2.07 Listen to the dialogue. What does the man order? What does the woman order?
Waiter Customer
Are y o u 1 . to order? I'd5 ...some tomato soup.
2
.... you like a starter? Can 16 ............. a glass of orange
3
.... would you like for your juice, please?
main course?
Would you like4 ............................. to drink?
10 ^ 2 .08 Complete the dialogue with the phrases below. Then listen and check.
Any dessert for you Can we seethe menu Here you are I'm fine, thanks
Waiter Would you like a dessert?
Girl Oh, yes.1 ........................................................................please?
Waiter Of course.2
Girl Great. Can I have some strawberry ice cream, please?
Waiter 3 , sir?
Boy No,4 ................
11 Read the dialogue again. Underline more phrases for the waiter and the customer.
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Write a dialogue between a customer and a waiter. Use the menu
in exercise 7 and exercises 9 and 10 to help you.
Writing A description of a festival
-re
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Match words in the email to the photos and answer
the questions.
■ What time o f year is it? What are the people doing?
2 Read the email again. Which festival is Reece

describing? What happens at this festival?
F i-r a ia r a H
Hi D aniel!
Thank you fo r y o u r em ail. It's always nice to hear fro m you.
I'm re a lly happy because it's 5 N ovem be r t o d a y - G u y Fawkes' N ight.
It's a big ce le b ra tio n in B rita in , and it's also m y fa v o u rite n ig h t o f th e y e a r
5 N o ve m b er is th e anniversary o f Guy Fawkes' unsuccessful p lo t to b lo w u p th e B ritish P arliam ent in
1605. N ow w e have b onfire s and fire w o rk s arou nd th e co untry. In o u r to w n , th e re is a big b o n fire in th e
park. W e m ake a 'Guy', a big m odel o f Guy Fawkes, w ith paper and o ld clothes. Then, w hen it's dark,
w e go to th e park and b u m th e Guy on th e b o n fire . There are b e a u tifu l fire w o rk s in to w n to o . A fte r
th a t, o u r frie n d s com e to o u r house. W e p u t sausages on sticks and cook th e m on a sm all b o n fire in our
garden. W e also cook potatoes in th e fire and fo r dessert w e have a lig h t bro w n cake called parkin, and
to ffe e apples. These are apples on a stick, w ith hard, red sugar on. T hey're delicious.
Perhaps ne xt year y o u can stay here and celeb rate Guy Fawkes' N ight w ith us.
W rite soon!
Best wishes,
Reece
Match the highlighted words in the email to the definitions below.

1 a secret plan................................... 4 a party ora special event........................
2 opposite o f soft............................... 5 make an explosion
3 large fires outside, usually in a park 6 a type o f sweet made from sugar, butter
or garden...................................... and w ater......................................
Linking w ords o f a d d itio n : too, also
4 Underline the sentences in the email with too and also. Then choose the correct options to
complete the rules below.
a We use also and too to give more information.
b also usually comes after / before the verb be and after / before other verbs,
c too usually comes at the start / end of the sentence.
5 Rewrite these sentences. Add the information in brackets.

1 Toffee apples are delicious, (parkin / nice / also)
Toffee apples are delicious and parkin is also nice.
2 We go to the big bonfire in the park, (have / small bonfire / at home / too)
3 The fireworks in the park are very beautiful, (very noisy / also)
4 My dog is scared of fireworks, (scared of thunder/also)
5 Guy Fawkes’ Night is in November, (my birthday / in November / too)
6 We usually eat parkin on Guy Fawkes' Night, (drink / hot chocolate / also)
STRATEGY
Focussing on th e w riting goal
It is important to think about the reason why you are writing. Read the task carefully and
underline the key points. Think about the following questions.
What are you writing? What information do you need to include?
■ Who are you writing to or for? What is the purpose of the text - to give
information / entertain / give an opinion, etc.?
6 Read the strategy. Then study Reece's email in exercise 2 and answer the questions.
1 What is Reece writing? 4 Is he writing about facts or is he imagining a story?
2 Who is he writing to? 5 What information does he include?
3 Why is he writing? 6 Is he writing in a formal or an informal style?

WRITING GUIDE
■ Task Write an email to a friend in another country ■ Write an opening sentence, e.g. How are you?/Thank
about a festival in your country. you for your letter. / / hope you are well.
■ Introduce the festival and say why people celebrate it.
■ Ideas Answer the questions.
■ Write a short description of the festival and what you
1 Which festival do you want to describe? do at the festival.
2 Why do people celebrate this festival? ■ End your email with Take care, Lots o f love or Best
3 What do people do at the festival? wishes and your name.
4 What kind o f food do people eat at the festival?
5 Why do you like this festival? ■ Write Write your email. Use the strategy, your
ideas and plan to help you. Remember to use the
■ Plan Use Reece's email about Guy Fawkes'Night as linking words too and also.
a model. Plan your email.
■ Check Check your spelling, grammar and
■ Begin your email with Hello, Hi or Dear and your
punctuation.
friend's name.
Vocabulary Grammar
1 Complete the text with the words. 4 What do you need to make spaghetti bolognese?
bread fork knife meat plate salad tomato Write sentences with a/an, some or any.
yoghurt salt / You need some salt,
cabbage/ You don't need any cabbage.
Doner kebabs come from Turkey. They're made
with cooked 1 like lamb in a type of 1 c u c u m b e r/ .................................................................
flat2 called pita. Kebabs have a sauce 2 eggs/ .................................................................
called tzaziki. This is made from 3 3 garlic /
and cucumber Some people p u t4 4 m e a t/
in kebabs, like lettuce and 5 ....................... 5 onion /
Kebabs are served on a 6 if you're 6 pasta /
in a restaurant. Most people buy them from a 7 potatoes X
takeaway and eat them in the street without a 8 riceX .................................................................
7.......................o r a 8......................... 9 tomatoes / .................................................................
10 y o g h u rt/
Marks /8 Marks /10
2 Match a word in A to a word in B to make compound 5 Complete the dialogue with the words below.
nouns. Then match them to the definitions 1-7. a a few a little a lot an any (x3) how many
A chocolate fruit ham ice olive orange how much (x2) ■ much ■ some
tomato
A Do you want to make a lemon cake?
B cake creamujuice oil ■ salad sandwich sauce B Good idea. Are there1 lemons?
1 You can make it with apples, oranges and bananas. A I think so.2 do we need?
2 It's a quick cold lunch. B We only need3........................ Three is enough.
3 Some people drink it for breakfast. A Three lemons. No problem. What else?
4 You eat it on a hot day. B We need4 .....sugar.
5 You can put it on top o f pasta. A 5 sugar?
6 You can cook with it or put it on a salad. B We need 6 of sugar. About 300g.
7 It's very popular, but it makes you fat. A That's fine. There's7 new packet here.
Marks 77 B Good. What about eggs?
A There aren't8 .......in the box. Only three.
3 Complete the sentences with the correct adjectives. B That's fine. How about flour?
1 Lunch was b . It was always the same. A There's9....................... old packet here, but there isn’t
2 Look at those I....................... flowers. They're beautiful! 10 flour in it. Put it on the shopping list.
3 This soup is d........................ It tastes very bad. B Is there11 butter in the fridge?
4 That cafe looks i........................ Let's go there. A Yes, but there's only 12........................ 13........................
5 This dessert is d........................ Can I have some more? do you need?
6 This cooking programme is e..... ..... B About 200g. Come on! Let's go shopping.
7 I don't know what this is. It looks very s........................ Marks /13
Marks /7 Total

M aterial world
Reading and vocabulary Nearly new
Clothes and accessories

1 Look at the photos. Which of these things can you
find? Check any new words in a dictionary.
SHWOPPING
boots cap ^ cardigan ■ coat dress ■ hat jacket
■ jeans ■jum per ■ make-up ■ necklace ■ rucksack
Do you enjoy swapping or exchanging clothes
sandals scarf shirt shorts skirt socks tights
with your friends and family? How about trying
top trousers ı trainers
shwopping? Some shops are asking customers to
return used items when they buy something new.
2 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Study the words in
The shop then reuses or recycles the item and gives
exercise 1and answer the questions.
the customer a discount on a new purchase. Four
1 Which are clothes? Which are accessories? shwoppers explain how shwopping works.
2 Which are winter clothes? Which are summer clothes?
3 Which are clothes for women? Which are clothes for
everyone? My wardrobe is full of expensive trainers. I'm into
4 Which item is not an accessory or a clothes item? designer trainers because all my friends wear
5 Which clothes and accessories do you wear or like? them. I get a new pair every birthday. I sometimes
6 What is your favourite style of clothes (casual, smart, buy trainers online because there are some good
retro, sporty) ? bargains. But today I'm taking ten pairs back to
7 Do you have a favourite brand? a sports shop. The shop collects old trainers and
recycles them. Machines cut the shoe into smaller
8 Are there styles and brands you don’t like?
pieces of material. This material is used to make
STRATEGY the floors of tennis courts. I think it’s a great idea
and the shop gives customers 5% discount on a
Scanning for detail new purchase.
Sometimes when you read a text, you want
to find specific information.
Think about the information you want to find: a
number, a name, etc.
Read the text quickly, looking for the information
you want.
3 Read the strategy. Read the article and find

this information.
1 What is'shwopping?
2 How much discount does the shop
give Aftab?
3 What does Tim receive for his donation?
4 Where does Rosa send the used clothes?
5 How does Oxfam reuse things?
6 How many points does Meena have?
68 M aterial world
Vocabulary: clothes and accessories; shopping and clothes words; Speaking: clothes and you; shopping; living without the internet;
negative prefixes; shopping; gadgets buying clothes
6A
Grammar: comparative and superlative adjectives; W riting: gadget review
Shopping and clothes words

4 Read the article again and match these words to
We’re doing a class project on the environment and their definitions below.
how to reduce waste. People throw away tonnes of baggy donate expensive fit fashionable
clothes every year. But we can reuse material, like loyalty card material ı recycle scruffy voucher
polyester and cotton, to make new clothes. Today,
I’m catching the bus to town and I’m carrying five 1 leather, cotton, silk, nylon
bags of clothes. There’s my mum’s scruffy, leather 2 give..........................................
coat, my brother's baggy jumpers and lots of other 3 reuse...........................................
things. I'm taking the clothes to a shop that reuses 4 the opposite o f tid y .......................................
them. I receive a £5 voucher for every six kilograms
5 a card for regular customers...........................
of clothes I donate. So I can buy something new
and fashionable!
6 be the right size...........................................
7 a card you exchange for a product or service
8 the opposite o f tight

I’m tidying my children’s wardrobes this morning. 9 stylish and modern
These clothes don’t fit, but they are in very good
10 the opposite o f cheap
condition. So, I’m swapping them for clothes
in bigger sizes! I send a big bag of clothes to a
company in London and they check the clothes. insight Negative prefixes
Then they advertise the clothes on their website We can use the prefix un- or in- to make negative
with a description and photos. I look on the website
adjectives. Make the adjectives below negative. Use
and choose another bag of clothes. Then the
company delivers my new clothes. It’s very easy and a dictionary if necessary.
it's cheaper than buying new clothes. 1 ......... complete 7 ........ friendly
2 .. correct 8 ..happy
Meena 3 ......... expensive 9 ........ important
4 ... fair 10 ... kind
My bedroom is very untidy, so I’m sorting out my
things. I've got some old jewellery and handbags I 5 .. fashionable 11 ..lucky
don’t like. I’m donating them to Oxfam. Oxfam sells 6 ......... formal 12 ........ tolerant
them in their shops to raise money, or sends them to
the developing world. I’m also returning some empty SPEAKING Work in groups. Discuss the questions.
make-up bottles to my favourite shop. I’ve got a
1 Do you think that fashion is important? Why / why not?
loyalty card and the shop gives me one point when I
2 How much money do you spend on clothes per
return an empty bottle. When I have ten points, I get
a new product. I’ve got nine points, so I’m getting month?
something new today! 3 Do you wear second-hand clothes or
shoes? Why / why not?
4 Would you swap your clothes with a
friend? Why / why not?
5 What do you think o f swapping your
old clothes for a discount on new
clothes?
6 What do you think o f swapping
clothes on a website?
7 What do you think o f reusing material
from old clothes and shoes?
Vocabulary bank Shops page 131
M aterial world 69
6B ■ Grammar and listening Cyber Monday
1 SPEAKING Where do you and your family go to buy:

food? ■ shower gel and shampoo? gadgets?
■ clothes? ■ books and music?
2 Read the blog post and match the headings below to paragraphs A-D. *
The busy hours Spend, spend, spend
■ It's fast and easy ■ After the weekend ...
Cyber Monday
A ........................................................................................................................................................................
It's 6 a.m. and Stephen is p re parin g 6,000 orders fo r custom ers. He w o rk s in a w arehouse
fo r a p o p u la r o n lin e sto re . 'The firs t M onda y in D ecem ber is busier th a n o th e r M ondays,'
says Stephen. 'W e sell 50% m ore p ro d u c ts / Shoppers go to shops a t th e w eekend to lo ok fo r
Christm as presents. B ut th e y kno w th e re are b e tte r prices o n line, so th e y o rd e r th e cheaper
p ro d u ct fro m us o n M onday. The high stre e t is o fte n m ore expensive th a n an o n lin e store.
'O n lin e s h o pp ing is m ore c o n ve n ie n t th a n th e high stre e t and it's q u icke r to o ,' says Stephen. It takes less
th a n te n m in u te s to choose item s o n lin e , add th e m to th e basket and pay a t th e checkout. Then th e o rd e r
goes t o th e w a rehouse. W orkers c o lle c t th e item s fo r th e o rd e r and prepare th e cu sto m e r's package. Then
i t arrives w ith th e c u s to m e r th e ne xt day. 'T h e w e a th e r is w e tte r a t th is tim e o f yean' explains S tephen, 'and
it's easier to w a it fo r y o u r d e liv e ry a t h o m e th a n go o u t shopping in th e ra in !'
By 2 p.m ., Stephen and his colleagues are w o rk in g on a n o th e r 30,000 orders. The w arehouse is n oisier n o w
and e ve rybo d y is v e ry busy. 'L u n c h tim e is busier th a n o th e r tim e s o f th e day,' says S tephen. 'P eople use
th e ir lunch break to shop o n lin e / B etw een 6 and 9 p.m ., th e re is a n o th e r increase in orders w h e n people
g e t h o m e : 'These shoppers th in k it's sa fe r to use th e ir c re d it cards a t h o m e and on th e ir ow n c o m p u te r’
D .........................................................................................................................................................................
Stephen is looking a t th e ne xt o rd e r fo rm . The average cu s to m e r puts m ore th a n th re e item s in th e ir basket.
'T h e y pay a b o u t £250 a t th e checkout,' explains Stephen. 'B u t so m e tim e s th e y pay m ore and th e orders
are b ig g e r Look, th is is a la rger o rd e r w ith eleven ite m s and th e to ta l a m o u n t is a lm o st £1,5001' The figures
fo r th e UK are am azing - pe ople spend £10 ,000 e very second. D uring Cyber M onday, th e re are 6.8 m illio n
tra n sa ctio n s and p e op le spend m ore th a n £320m .
Comparative adjectives
3 Read the blog post again. Complete the table with comparative adjectives.
Adjective Comparative
regular one-syllable adjectives cheap 1
quick 2
one-syllable adjectives ending in -e safe 3

large 4
one-syllable adjectives ending in one big 5

vowel + one consonant wet 6
adjectives ending in -y busy 7

easy 8
noisy 9
long adjectives convenient 10

expensive 11
irregular adjectives good 12
I bad
far
worse
further
M aterial world
6B
4 Study the rules for comparative adjectives (a-g). Then complete the rules with comparative
adjectives from the table in exercise 3.
a With most short adjectives, we add -er....................................
b With short adjectives ending in -e, we add -r....................................
c With short adjectives ending in one vowel + one consonant, we double the final letter and add
-er....................................
d With adjectives ending in -y, we change -y to -/and add -er.
e With long adjectives, we use more before the comparative adjective.............
f When we compare tw o things, we use than after the comparative adjective,
g Some adjectives have irregular comparative forms....................................
5 Write the comparative forms of these adjectives.

1 thin ................................................. 4 important ...............................................
2 busy ................................................. 5 bad ................................................
3 exciting ................................................. 6 small ................................................
6 Complete the text with the comparative form of the adjectives in brackets.
Holly says: Friends!

Shoppiff I like shopping with my friends. It’s 1
with my parents and my friends are 2
(interesting) than shopping
(fashionable) than my mum
You n e e d s o m e n e w and dad! My parents usually do their shopping on the high street, but my friends and
c lo th e s . D o you go I take the bus to the big shopping centre. The shops are much 3
shopping w ith your (big) and the clothes are usually 4 (good).
m u m and d a d or Priya says: Parents!
y o u r friends?
pa I like shopping with my parents. The shop assistants are5
when I'm with my parents. Maybe it’s because I go to 6
(friendly)
(small)
and 7 (smart) shops with my mum and dad. Getting to
the shops is 8 (easy) because we go by can My parents
prefer9 (traditional) clothes and sensible shoes with
10 (low) heels, but then they usually pay for my clothes, so I
don’t mind!
7 2.09 Listen to the report and answer the questions.

1 What percentage o f British adults use the internet to buy clothes, food, holidays or music?
2 What does the woman usually buy online?
3 What doesn't she buy online?
4 What does the man buy online?
8 2.09 Listen again and complete the sentences with the comparative form of the
adjectives below.
cheap difficult easy friendly good long ■ noisy popular quick useful
1 Online shopping is becoming in Britain.

2 Food shopping online is...............................................a nd................................................than
going to the supermarket.
3 Going to the supermarket takes...............................................and is.................................................
4 Returning clothes you buy online is................................................
5 Online bookshops are than high street bookshops.
6 There is a .................... choice of books online.
7 Looking for hotels online is than going to a travel agent's.
8 Hotel reviews show which hotels have...............................................staff.

Which is better - shopping in high street shops or shopping online? Why?
Do you prefer shopping w ith friends or with your parents? Why?
When you go shopping, do you buy lots o f cheaper things or just a few more expensive things?
DVD EXTRA Shopping in London
M aterial world 71
1 SPEAKING Look at the photos and discuss the questions.
What can you see in the photos?
What tim e o f year do you think it is?
2 Read the newspaper article quickly. Check your answers to exercise 1.
BLACK FRIDAYor BUY NOTHING DAY?

We talk to two young New Yorkers about Black Friday.
Thanksgiving is probably the most Chantelle Davies, 21, and three friends are Some people, however, celebrate the
important national holiday in the USA. standing in a queue outside Macy’s on 5"ˈ Friday after Thanksgiving in a very
It's on the fourth Thursday in November Avenue. ‘I love Black Friday,’ she says. different way. They prefer to call this day
and families prepare and cat special ‘It's 5 a.m. and this is the longest queue Buy Nothing Day. Brad Simpson, 24. is at
food together. But now the day after on 5lhAvenue, but that's OK. All the big a large supennarket. ‘I ’m not spending my
Thanksgiving is also an important date department stores have sales or they give dollars today,’ he says. ‘I’m keeping my
in the US calendar The fourth Friday in special discounts on Black Friday. I can wallet in my pocket. North Americans are
November in the USA is called Black get the best bargains today.’ When the the biggest consumers in the world. We
Friday and it is the busiest shopping day doors of Macy’s open at 6 a.m., everyone live in a rich country, hut we always want
in the year Why is it so busy? There immediately runs into the store. Half an more things! We want to have the fastest
arc a number of reasons. After their hour later, Chantelle leaves Macy’s with ear on the street, or the latest gadget. We
Thanksgiving holiday on Thursday, many three bags full of shopping. She shows use credit cards to buy unnecessary things
people don't return to work before the me her purchases - two mobile phones and then we have problems with debt. It's
weekend and they go shopping on Friday. (‘They were half price!’ she says.) and crazy! Today my friends and I are talking
It is also traditionally the beginning of the some designer clothes for her boyfriend. to people about Buy Nothing Day. You can
Christmas season and many people start buy things, but you can’t buy happiness!’
their Christmas shopping on this day.
3 Read the newspaper article again. Answer the questions.

1 What do people do on the Thanksgiving holiday?
2 Why is Black Friday a busy shopping day?..................................................
3 Why does Chantelle love Black Friday?.......................................................
4 When does Chantelle leave Macy's? What does Chantelle buy at Macy's?
5 What does Brad want to buy on Black Friday? Why?
6 What are he and his friends doing at the supermarket?............................
72 M aterial world
6C
Shopping
STRATEGY
Increasing yo u r vocabulary
The best way to increase your vocabulary is to read and communicate. When you read, you
become more fluent in English and you learn more words. You could read:
social media, like Facebook newspaper and magazine articles
websites and blogs ■ advertisements
books and short stories chat with your friends from other countries
Try to read in English every week. Record two or three new words in your vocabulary notebook
every time you read and try to use them.
4 Read the strategy. Use words from the newspaper article to complete the sentences.
bargains consumers ı credit card debt discount dollars half price purchases sale
wallet
1 When a shop has a , it makes the prices lower on some items.

2 This skirt isn't £50 n o w -it's £25. That's !
3 Oh, no. I can't find m y................................... ! It's got all my money in it!
4 I don’t have any money, but I can pay for this with m y.....................................................................
5 We can get some really g o o d ....................................................at this store today. It's giving a 10%
....................................................on all its winter clothes.
6 Many people spend too much money and then they have problems with
7 .................................................................................................................are people who buy things.
8 This store is closing. Please pay for your ..............................................................................now.
S u p erlative adjectives
Find the superlative form of these adjectives in the text.

1 important 4 good
2 busy .................... 5 big
3 long ....................................................... 6 fast
6 Complete the rules for superlative adjectives with the words and letters below.
double Best Hi most s ta th e
a With most short adjectives, we a dd........................ the smallest

b With short adjectives ending in -e, we add . t h e nicest
c With short adjectives ending in one vowel + one consonant, we the final letter and
add -est. the biggest
d With adjectives ending in -y, we change -y to and add -est. the busiest
e With long adjectives, we use....................... before the superlative adjective, the most important
f With all superlative adjectives, we use....................... before the adjective the longest
g Some adjectives have irregular superlative forms, the best
7 Complete the factfile opposite with the The New South China Shopping Mall, in
superlative form of the adjectives below. Dongguan, is the ’ largest shopping mall
big empty expensive large wet in the world with a total area o f 892,000
m2. It's also the 2
8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Discuss the questions. shopping mall in the world - it has
1 Which is the busiest shopping day o f the year in space for 2,350 stores, but there are
your country? Why? only 47 stores in the whole mall. The
2 Do we spend too much money on unnecessary 3 perfume in
things? Do we buy too many things? the world is Clive Christian perfume.
3 Do you look for bargains and discounts when It costs £650 for 50 ml. Perhaps the
you go shopping? 4 .......................... shopping mall
4 Do you think that Buy Nothing Day is a good in the world is the West Edmonton
idea? Why/why not? Mall in Canada. It has the world's
Reference and practice 6.2 Workbook page 123 5 Waterpark.
M aterial world 73
6D ■ Listening, speaking and vocabulary Can’t live without it
Gadgets
1 Study the list of gadgets below. Discuss the questions.
camera DVD player e-reader games console laptop MP3 player smartphone tablet
Which of these gadgets do you own?

Which of these gadgets would you like to own?
Which one is the most important for you?
Which one is the least important?
f. . . . . • . . V / 8 1 ..........
jd y f-
a c /' ■
'; i ' ' • • ■'

ı
2 2.10 Listen to the introduction to a TV programme about living without technology.

Complete the sentences.
1 % of people say they can't live w ithout their phone for one day.
2 % of people sleep with their phone by their bed.
3 % o f people check their phone every ten minutes.
3 O 2.11 Listen to the rest of the programme. Which gadgets in exercise 1 do Tony and
Bella talk about?
4 2.11 Listen again and match the sentence halves.

1 Tony a is studying in the library,
2 This week, Tony is b living without music,
3 One advantage ofTony’s technology-free c doesn't know what his friends are
week is, he talking about.
4 This week, Bella d reading magazines or playing football
5 When Bella studies at home, she in the evenings.
6 The most difficult thing for Bella is e often looks at other things online,
f is doing more sport.
5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Imagine you are living without the internet and gadgets for one
week. Discuss the questions.
How is your life different?
■ What do you miss?
What don't you miss?
Are you enjoying your week without the internet and gadgets?
What do your friends think about your internet-free week?
74 M aterial world
Buying clothes
6 SPEAKING Look at the photo. Discuss the questions.
1 Where is the man?
2 What is he doing?
3 What kind o f clothes is he looking at?
4 Do you think the clothes are cheap or expensive?
7 2.12 Listen to the dialogue. What does the man want to buy?
Sales assistant Custom er

Do you w a n t1 ? I’m 6 some black
W hat2 you? jeans.
The changing room 3........................................... H o w 7................................................are they?
over............................................ Can 18 ................. on, please?
H o w 4............................................ ? They're9..................................................
I'm 5................................................ not. Have you got a 10................................................. ?
9 2.13 Put the dialogue below in the correct order. Then listen and check.
Woman Could I see the pink one, please?
L Sales assistant Hello, can I help you?
Sales assistant Yes, it does. We have it in blue, green or pink.
Sales assistant Well, it's half price this week. So it's only £12.
Woman Great. I'll take it.
Woman Yes please. Does this scarf come in a different colour?
Sales assistant Here you are.
Woman Thank you. It's lovely. How much does it cost?
10 Read the dialogue again and underline more phrases for the customer and the sales assistant.
11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Write a dialogue between a customer and a sales assistant.
Decide what the customer wants to buy. Use exercises 8 and 9 to help you.
Customer: Think about these things: Sales assistant: Think about these things:
What colour / size do you want? Does the item come in different colours?
Do you want to try it on? Where is the changing room?
Does it fit? Do you need a bigger / smaller size? Do you have the item in different sizes?
Do you like it? How much does it cost?
Vocabulary bank Clothes verbs page 131
M aterial w orld 75
6E ■ Writing A review of a gadget

1 How do you decide what kind o f gadget to buy? Do you:
look at advertisements? talk to your friends? read reviews?
2 Do you write reviews o f books, music, films or gadgets for your school or a website?
An e-reader
Match the words below to the different parts of the e-reader.
clip-on light home button keyboard screen
page forward button page back button
Read the review of the e-slate and match the sections (A-D) to
the descriptions (1-4).
1 Positive points....... 3 Negative points............
2 General description 4 Conclusion
asm
Review: e-slate ★ ★ ★ ☆ ☆
A This new e-reader - th e e-slate - is one o f th e cheapest e-readers available. I t costs only £65 and
includes a clip-on lig h t, enough memory space fo r 3,500 books and free access to an online library.
B The e -sia te has g o t some excellent features. The screen is big and th e te x t is very easy to read.
The keyboard is d e a r and easy to use. The e-slate is very lig h t.
C There are some problems w ith th is e-reader. The page buttons are on th e rig h t side o f th e e-slate.
This is very in co n ven ien t fo r left-handed readers. The clip-on lig h t is big and unattractive. Words
are very clear on th e screen, b u t pictures and photos Look fuzzy and are d iffic u lt to see.
D Do you w a n t a sim ple, easy-to-use, cheap e-reader? The e-slate is perfect. Do you w a n t to look
a t pictures or photos? Buy a more expensive e-reader!
Read the review again and answer the questions.

1 How much does the e-slate cost? 4 What is a problem for left-handed readers?
2 How many books can you store on it? 5 What is easy to see on the screen?
3 What are the positive features o f the e-slate? 6 What is difficult to see on the screen?
Positive and negative adjectives

5 Put these adjectives from the review under the correct heading.
clear excellent fuzzy inconvenient ■ perfect unattractive
Positive ..........................................................................................................................................
Negative
6 Complete the sentences with the adjectives in exercise 5.

1 The picture on your new TV is great. It's very........................................................
2 I don't like Jerry's new trousers. They're a really colour.
3 This book is . It's exactly what I want!
4 My new MP3 player has got reviews on Amazon .
5 I can't use my smartphone here because there's no signal. It's very
6 You need a new laptop - the screen is v e ry .......................................................
STRATEGY
Using a bilingual dictionary
A bilingual dictionary can help you understand new words. It gives you information about:
the translation and spelling,
the pronunciation.
■ the part o f speech: noun, verb, adjective, preposition, etc.
Write new words in your vocabulary notebook and use them in your speaking and writing.
7 Read the strategy. Find these items in a bilingual

dictionary. Check the spelling and pronunciation.
M aterial world
WRITING GUIDE
■ Task Write a review of a gadget. Paragraph 2: Positive points

Paragraph 3: Negative points
■ Ideas Answer the questions. Paragraphs Conclusion
■ What gadget do you want to review?
■ What are the positive points? ■ Write Write your review. Use the strategy, your ideas
■ What are the negative points? and plan to help you. Remember to include positive
■ Do you recommend it? and negative adjectives.
■ Plan Use the review of the e-slate as a model. Plan ■ Check Check your spelling, grammar and punctuation.
your paragraphs.
Paragraph 1: Description of the gadget, including
details o f basic features and price
1 Circle the word that is NOT correct. 4 Complete the sentences with the comparative form
1 You listen to music on a calculator/an MP3 p layer/ of the correct adjectives.
a radio. 1 Trousers are............................... jeans, (smart / scruffy)
2 You wear boots/trainers/scarves on your feet. 2 A coat is............................... a jacket, (heavy /lig h t)
3 You use an alarm c lo ck/a n e-reader/a watch to tell 3 Golf is................................skiing, (dangerous/safe)
the time. 4 CDs are DVDs, (cheap / expensive)
4 You wear a cardigan/jum per/necklace to keep warm. 5 Cities are villages, (noisy/quiet)
5 You can write a document on a games console/ 6 Fridays are Mondays, (bad / good)
la pto p/tab let. 7 Cars are.............. planes, (big/sm all)
6 You wear sa n d a ls/sh o rts/tig h ts in the summer. 8 Europe is ............................... Africa, (dry / wet)
7 You can take a photo with a cam era/DVD p layer/ Marks /8
smartphone.
8 You w earjeans/shirts/trousers on your legs. 5 Complete the sentences about New York with the
Marks 78 superlative form of the adjectives below.
bad beautiful dangerous expensive famous
2 Use a prefix to make the adjectives negative. Then fast ■large long old
complete the sentences.
complete correct expensive fashionable New York is 1............................. city in the USA. More than
friendly happy important eight million people live there. Central Park is
2 park in the city. There are a lot of trees
1 Those shoes are quite cheap.They're and flowers. Broadway is 3 street in the
2 Your answer is wrong. It’s ............................................. city. It’s 24 km long. The Subway is 4
3 My sister is very sad. She's............................................. way to travel. FAO Schwarz is 5 ............................toy
4 Our new house isn't finished. It's.................................. store. Lots of people shop there. The Four Seasons Hotel
5 Her clothes aren't very modern. They're..................... has6 rooms. A suite costs $35,000 a
6 William never says hello. He's....................................... night.7 weather is in December and
7 The price doesn't matter. It's......................................... lanuary. It is cold and often snows. There is a lot of crime
Marks /7 in Brooklyn and 8 district is Brownsville.
The Aqueduct Bridge (1848) is 9 bridge.
3 Complete the text with the correct words.
Marks 79
People go to the sale at Harrods because they are
looking for a ’b....................... Some products are 20 % Complete the text. Write one word in each space.
or 3 0 % cheaper. Others have a bigger 2d
Foyles is th e 1....................... famous bookstore in the
and you can buy them 3h p
UK. People say that it is th e 2 place to buy
In Harrods you can pay by 4c c
books. In the past, Foyles was3 largest
or in cash. You can use pounds, euros or
bookstore 4 the world. Now it is
5d ........ Most people go home with one or two
5....................... popular with tourists6........................
6p , but some buy a lot of things and have
with consumers because today many people buy books
big 7d to pay later.
online.
Marks 16
Marks /7
Total 745

team.'
Listening Reading
1 2.14 Listen to four speakers talking about the 3 Read the text about shopping. Match headings A-F
clothes they wear Match speakers 1-4 to sentences to paragraphs 1-5. There is one extra heading that
A-E. There is one sentence that you do not need. you do not need.
Speaker 1 A Be patient. D Where's the milk?
Speaker 2 B Size is important. E Have a basket!
Speaker 3 C Listen to that! F Look down.
Speaker 4
4 Read the text again. Choose the best answers.
A H is/H er clothes are second-hand.
B H is/H er clothes are unusual. 1 Shoppers with trolleys buy more because
C H is/H er clothes are normal. a they don't have to carry things.
D H is/H er clothes are expensive. b they can see what they are buying.
E H is/H er clothes don’t look new. 2 Stores have everyday items at the back so that
people
Speaking a have to spend longer inside,
b always know where to find them.
2 Work in pairs. You are in a clothes shop and you 3 To find the healthy products on a shelf
want to buy something. Prepare a dialogue with a a you have to look up.
sales assistant. b you have to look down.
Tell the sales assistant what you want. 4 Stores often play music
■ Tell h im /h e r your size. a so that people enjoy shopping,
Ask the price. b so that shoppers stay longer.
■ Ask about the changing rooms. 5 Shoppers buy sweets at the checkout because
Tell the sales assistant you want the clothes. a they're often very hungry.
b they've got nothing else to do.
Spend! Spend! Spend!

How often do you go food shopping? If you don’t go
very often, you probably have no idea of the techniques
supermarkets use to make consumers spend their
money. Read on to find out more.
5 Do you know why supermarkets give people something

to put their shopping in? It’s so that they can buy more
things. It also means that shoppers have their hands
free to take things off the shelves. People usually don’t
realize how much they are buying when they use a
io basket o r a supermarket trolley.
G ram m ar and vo cab u la ry 1 a is changing b change c are changing
2 a Why b What c How
5 Choose the correct answers. 3 a easier b easiest c the easiest
4 a cheaper b cheapest c the cheapest
5 a more b most c the most
W hy shop o n lin e? 6 a buy b to buy c buying
7 a there is b there are c they are
Shopping habits 1 and
8 a looking b finding c trying
today people buy more products online than 9 a a b some c any
they do in the shops.2 10 a good b better c the best
are the advantages of this? First of all, it's
3 to compare prices on
the internet. This means that you can find
4 price for the product you
want to buy. Secondly, it's 5
convenient to shop online. You save time
because you can 6 what you
want from home. Thirdly,7
more shops online than in any shopping
centre in the world. This means that you have
more choice when you are 8
for a certain product. Of course, online
shopping has 9
disadvantages, but in general, the internet
is 10 place for consumers to
shop in the 21st century.
W here do supermarkets put the products you use

every day? A t the back of the shop. Dairy products and
bread are always as far as possible from the door. This
is to make people walk through the shop and buy things
they don’t need. is
3
W here are the cheapest products? Yes, they’re in the

last place you look: on the bottom shelf The shelves at
eye level are where you can find the m ost expensive
products. Healthier products are on the top shelf and
then there’s a special shelf fo r children’s products. 20
4
Why do supermarkets play music? Not to make your

shopping experience more pleasant! Supermarkets
know th a t music influences the way we shop. Slow
music makes shoppers take their time and spend
more money. And when consumers hear classical 25
music, they buy more expensive items.

5
W riting
Why are there always sweets and snacks next to the 6 Write an email to a friend describing the last meal
checkout? To make sure th a t you see them. There's you ate in a restaurant. Include this information:
usually a queue when you're waiting to pay. People Write an appropriate introduction.
pick up chocolate bars while they’re waiting because 30 Describe the meal and why you liked it.
they’re bored, not because they really want them. ■ Compare the restaurant to another restaurant
So, now you know the techniques, you can help your you know.
family save some money! Write an appropriate conclusion.
Exam insight 3 Workbook page 106 Cum ulative review Units 1-6 79
It’s tough!
Reading and vocabulary Different shapes
PI Parts of the body

1 Match the parts of the body
to the pictures opposite.
■ ankle ■ arm ■ back ■ chest
■ elbow ■ face ■ finger ■ foot
■ hand ■ head ■ hip ■ knee ■ leg
■ neck ■ shoulder ■ stomach
■ toe wrist
2 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Test

each other on the words in
exercise I.Then use them to
answer the questions below.
Which parts of the body are:
1 below the hips?
2 above the hips but below
the shoulders?
3 above the shoulders?
3 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the pictures in
Theworld s
exercise 1and answer the questions below. Then
read the text and check your ideas.
1 Which person is probably a good swimmer?
2 Which person is probably a good marathon runner?
4
3 Which person is probably a good weight lifter?
Read the text again and use the words to label the
three body types shown in exercise 1.
a endomorph b ectomorph c mesomorph
toughest
The Marathon de Sables
5 Read the text again and answer the questions. It is the beginning of the Marathon de Sables -
one of the toughest endurance races in the
1 What kind of event is the Marathon de Sables?
world. The Marathon de Sables is a 254 km
2 How are endurance runners different from swimmers?
ultramarathon, which is the same distance as
3 Who has longer legs - an ectomorph or an endomorph? six regular marathons. Competitors run for six
4 Name two typical endomorph sports. days. The runners are very fit and they have
5 At what time of year does the Crashed Ice Race take place? strong muscles like athletes in many other
6 How fast can the skaters go? extreme sports. But their bodies are very
different from swimmers' bodies, or from weight-
STRATEGY 10 lifters' bodies. Endurance runners are usually
Guessing th e m eaning o f unknow n words 2 slim and tall with long legs and arms. They have
narrow chests, shoulders and hips. This body
You can use the context and information about the type
type is called ectomorph.
of word to work out the meaning of an unknown word.
What is the topic o f the text?
■ What is the topic of the paragraph?
What is the topic of the sentences before and
after the sentence the word is in?
What is the topic of the sentence the word is in?
Is the word a noun, verb, adjective or adverb?
Has it got a prefix like un- or a suffix like -er or -esf?
How does this change its meaning?
6 Read the strategy and guess the meanings of

the highlighted words in the text. Then check
your answers in a dictionary.
80 It's tough!
Vocabulary: parts of the body; noun suffixes -er I -or, opposite Speaking: sports competitions; after-school clubs; health problems;
adjectives: health talking about illness
Grammar: have to and should; past simple be and can W riting: a letter of advice
in sig h t Noun suffixes -er / -or
Underline the noun forms of these verbs in the

text. Be careful of changes in spelling. Then write
sentences with the nouns.
1 compete .................................................................
2 swim .................................................................
3 run .................................................................
4 skate .................................................................
5 play ..............................................................
6 sprint .................................................................
8 Complete these sentences with the noun form of

the verbs in brackets. Use a dictionary to check if the
noun ends in -er or -or.
1 The TV...................................is interviewing the
winners of the competition, (report)
The World’s Strongest Man 2 My uncle is a Formula 1................................... ! (drive)
In The World’s Strongest Man, competitors
3 I want to be a fire...........................................................
have to carry a 200 kg weight and walk up three is
when I leave school, (fight)
steps, they have to use a rope to pull a truck or
4 M any............................................................... come to
a big car 3 0 m , and they also have to throw a
our town in the winter for skiing, (visit)
20 kg block as far as possible. These athletes
5 That...............................................runs past our house
are much heavier than ectomorphs. They have
every day. (jog)
shorter arms and legs and very big muscles. 20
They’ve got thick necks and broad shoulders. 6 He is th e .....................................................o f a new TV
They are typical endomorphs. Weight lifters and programme for young people, (direct)
wrestlers are usually endomorphs. They are 7 She's a great horse............................................... (ride)
good at lifting and throwing heavy weights, but 8 My parents work as........................................................
they can’t run or swim long distances. 25 fora sports magazine, (design)
The Crashed Ice Race 9 Match six words in exercise 8 to these definitions.
In the cold and ice of Quebec, Canada, sixty- 1 This person runs slowly.
four athletes are taking part in one o f the
toughest winter sports events in the world - the 2 This person operates a car, a bus or another vehicle.
Crashed Ice Race. Competitors skate together
in groups of four. The course is a 4 5 0 m 30 3 This person is interested in how something looks -
downhill track with lots of jum ps and turns. The furniture, clothes, books, etc.
skaters go very fa st - often up to 70 km
per hour. M ost of the athletes in this event 4 This person talks or writes about the news.
are ice hockey players and they are typical
mesomorphs. Mesomorphs don’t have the 35
5 This person is a tourist.
very heavy bodies of endomorphs, but they are
heavier and usually shorter than ectomorphs.
6 This person makes programmes and films.
Sprinters, swimmers, football players and
tennis players are usually mesomorphs.
10 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. You

w an t to o rg a n ize a n e w 'to u g h '
sp o rts event. D iscu ss the
q u estio n s.
What is the name o f your
event?
What do competitors do in
the event?
Where is the event?
Why is the event so tough?
What body type is best for
competitors in this event?
It's tough! 81
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the photos and discuss the questions.
Where are these people?
■ What are they doing?
Which activity looks the most difficult / easy / dangerous / exciting / boring?
2 Read the article and check your answers to the questions in exercise 1.
Behind the scenes: Cleaning the UK's favourite tourist attractions
Buckingham Palace, Big Ben and Legoland are three of the most popular tourist attractions in
the UK. In today's 'behind the scenes' article, w e look at the people who have to keep these
famous places clean and tidy.
Buckingham Palace
Buckingham Palace is the official London home of the Queen of England. It employs more than 800 members
of staff, from cleaners to gardeners, secretaries and chefs. The cleaners have to clean 775 rooms in the palace,
including seventy-eight bathrooms, and they have to clean 760 windows every six weeks. There are also 77,000 m2
of floor to clean and vacuum!
Big Ben
The Big Ben clock tower has got four glass clock faces. Each face has got 312 pieces of glass and is 7 m in diameter.
Every five years, specialist cleaners clean the clock faces. The clock faces are 66 m above the ground and they use
ropes. Paul Harrison and Dave King don’t have to clean any floors but they have to climb 334 steps to reach the top
of the tower, and then they have to abseil down to the clock face. 'You should always use special safety equipment,'
says Harrison. 'And you shouldn't look down!'
Legoland
Every year at Legoland, Windsor, the staff have to clean Buckingham Palace, Big Ben and many other famous
tourist attractions. But they don’t have to use ropes because the buildings are all models, one-twentieth of the
size of the real tourist attractions. In total there are 80 million Lego bricks at Legoland. The whole job takes two
days and staff have to use toothbrushes for the smallest models.
3 Read the article again and answer the questions.

1 How many people work at Buckingham Palace?..............
2 How many windows are there in Buckingham Palace?
3 How many pieces of glass are there in the Big Ben clock?.
4 How often do specialist cleaners clean the Big Ben clock?
5 How many Lego bricks are there in Legoland?
6 How long does it take to clean the models at Legoland?...
have to and should

Complete the sentences from the article.
1 The cleaners..........................................................................................clean 775 rooms in the palace.
2 Paul Harrison and Dave King...................................................................................... clean any floors.
3 They........................................................................................................................climb up 334 steps.
4 You.............................................................................................always use special safety equipment.
5 You..................................................................................................................................... look down!
6 They....................................................................................................................................... use ropes.
82 It's tough!
5 Study the sentences in exercise 4 and complete the rules with the correct form of have to
and should.
a We use................................................. to say that we think something is a good idea.
b We use................................................. to say that we think something is a bad idea.
c We use to say that it's important or necessary to do something,
d We use to say that it's not important or necessary to do something.
6 Match the problems to the advice.

1 All the flowers in my garden are dead!
2 My friends don't have to make their beds in the morning, but I do. It isn't fair!
3 I hate my mum's cooking! Her food is terrible!
4 I have to clean the car this afternoon, but I want to go out with my friends.
5 I can't find anything in my bedroom!
a Maybe you should help her and suggest some new recipes,
b You should clean it now. Then you can go out later!
c You shouldn't make such a mess! You should tidy your room more often,
d You should water your plants more often.
e You shouldn't complain about it. Your friends probably have other jobs to do.
7 Use the correct form of have to or should to

complete Hannah's letter and Tracy's reply. Hi Haooah,
You should talk (talk) to your parents
Pear Tracy, and yo u r brother a b o u tth is problem.
I need your advice. My sister and l have to do (do) A rra n g e a tim e when y o u c a n all
discuss this together. You and your
lots ofjobs at home. In the morning l
ı (walk) the d09 before school. t 's te r 6 (m ake)
My sister 2 (take out) the rubbish a list of the jobs you do m th e house.
and prepare breakfast. When we get home, we Maybe you c a n th in k of one or two
3 .............. (tidy) the house. But our Simple ch o re s fo r y o u r brother. You
younger brother 4 (n°1 d°) an1 (n o t get)
housework. He can watch TV and listen to music in the angry with y o u r parents, but yo u
evening, but 1 5................................ (do) my homework ...................................... (stay) calm

and polite.
before bed. It's not fair!
8 2.15 Listen to the teacher. What is he talking about?

a a science club b a cooking club c a drama club
9 2.15 Listen and complete the sentences with the correct form of have to or should.
1 Students wear school uniform.
2 They.................................................................. wear an apron.
3 They...................................................................clean their hands before cooking.
4 They buy food for the club.
5 They pay a club fee of £20.
6 They...................................................................take more than 100 g o f flour.
7 They.................................................................. use oven gloves.
oven gloves
8 They.................................................................. try their own food.
10 SPEAKING Work in pairs. You want to organize an after-school club. You can use one of these
ideas or think of your own club.
cookery club drama club pop band ı school website science club ı sports club
Decide on the rules for the club. Include instructions about:

what members should do. what members have to do.
what members shouldn't do. what members don't have to do.
Vocabulary bank Housework page 132
DVD EXTRA Cleaning beaches

It's tough! 83
7C ■ Culture, vocabulary and grammar The first Thanksgiving
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the picture opposite and answer the questions.
■ What are the people doing?
■ Where are they?
2 Read the text below and answer these questions.

What do people eat on Thanksgiving? Why do they eat this food?
On Thanksgiving, families prepare and eat special food together. They usually have roast turkey
and pumpkin pie. The food is important because it reminds people about the first Thanksgiving
celebration, in 1621.
3 Read Constance Hopkins's diary and answer the questions.

1 How many people are on the Mayflower1
2 How long is the journey from Plymouth, England, to Provincetown, America?
3 Why do the settlers sleep on the ship when they are in Provincetown?
4 Why is 3 January 1621 a bad day?
5 Why does Constance's father want to talk to Samoset?
6 How long is the celebration o f the harvest in October 1621?
The D ia ry o f C onstance WopLine, aged 14

it is d iffic u lt to build houses in th is te rrib le weather and we have only
1#September \U 2 0 : Rlymouth, England
aot seven houses fo r eiqhty people. It wasn't a good day today. It was
Yesterday was my last day in England. It was d ifficu lt to say
very cold in the m orning and there was a lo t o f snow.
goodbye to all my friends. They were very sad. Today, I am writing
my diary on o u r ship! The Mayflower is sailing fro m Plymouth, in Ur March tW-l: Plymouth dolony
England, to America. There are 102 people on board. There was a vtampanoag Indian in our village today, called Samoset.
vte were all amazed because he could speak English. My father and
I November \WLO\ The Mayflower
other men are talking to him now. They want advice about the land. Our
It was very windy last night and l couldn't sleep. Many people were
harvest this year is very important. We need food and we need more
ill. This m orning it's raining and the ship is moving up and down
houses fo r everyone. 1 am hoping fo r a qood harvest in the autumn.
in the water. This is a dangerous journey to o u r new home. I'm
lucky because I'm well, but I'm also hungry, tire d and scared. 15 October iW-1: Plymouth Colony
We are tire d but happy today because o u r harvest was good and
ıı November l(#20: Rrovincetown, America
we have food. My mother and father are making a big fire at the
We are safe and we are now in America! Our ship is in a town called
moment. The Wampanoaq Indians are preparing food with us and we
Trovincetown. We don't have a house and we are sleeping on the
are all celebrating our new home and our good harvest together,
ship, vie weren't rich in England, but we weren't poor. Now we have
nothing! B u t 1 am happy to be in America. This is the beginning of a ig, October l(*2k Plymouth Eolony
new and exciting life! Yesterday was the final day of our celebration and we were all very
happy. There are now fifty-th re e people in our village. The Wampanoag
a January tbit: Plymouth Colony
Indians are our friends and we have got warm, safe houses and food
Plymouth Colony is now our new home. We want to b u ild houses
fo r everyone. VJe are all ha rd -w orkin g people. Mo one is lazy. B u t fo r our families.
PI Opposite adjectives
4 Find five pairs of opposite adjectives in the diary.
1 safe * .................... 4 * sad
2 ....... * ill 5 hard-working * ...................................
3 rich * ...................................
5 Use adjectives from exercise 4 to complete these sentences. Sometimes more than one
adjective is possible. Explain your choice.
1 No one in the Plymouth Colony is .We don't have many things and
we are often hungry.
2 We g e t................................... because we are cold or because we don't have very much food.
3 We are................................... people. We get up early and we work all day.
4 Life here is sometimes.................................... Not all o f the Native Americans are friendly and
other settlers want to fight with us.
5 Today, it's very stormy and windy outside, but we are in our warm house.
84 It's tough!
6 Find and complete these sentences from the diary.
1 I t ..............................................very windy last night and I ...............................................sleep.
2 W e..............................................rich in England, but w e ...............................................poor.
3 I t ..............................................a g o o d d a y to d a y .lt.............................................. very cold.
4 We all amazed because h e .............................................. speak English.
7 Study the sentences in exercise 6 and complete the tables.
Past s im p le : b e
Affirmative Negative
1, he, she, it 1.................................. 1, he, she, it wasn't
you, we, they were you, we, they 2...................................
Past s im p le : c a n
Affirmative Negative
1, you, he, she, it, we, they 3... 1, you, he, she, it, we, they 4
8 Use the correct past simple form of be or can, to complete the text.
The Wampanoag Indians

In the 1620s, there were about 5,000 Wampanoag
Indians in Massachusetts. Their leader's name
1 Massassoit. H e 2 speak
English and he 3 friendly with the
English settlers. In 1623, he 4 very
ill. The Wampanoag Indians 5 help
him, but the settlers' m edicine6 help.
After this, the friendship between the Wampanoag
Indians and the settlers 7 very strong.
There 8 also another Native American
tribe in Massachusetts - the Narragansett Indians.
The Narragansett Indians and the Wampanoag
Indians 9 friendly and there
10 often battles between the two
1
STRATEGY
Using new words
When you learn new words, it is important to record them but it is more important to use them.
Write new vocabulary in your vocabulary notebook,
ı Choose five words every week that you want to use.
Try to use the words in speaking and writing activities.
9 SPEAKING Read the strategy. Work in pairs. Imagine that you are pioneers in a new
country. Complete the questions and then answer them with new words from exercise 4.
1 Are you ..................................................... or sad in your new life?
2 Was your journey dangerous o r .......................................................?
3 Were the people in your old country.......................................................or poor?
4 Are the people in your new country or hard-working?
5 Were many people on the journey, or were most people well?
10 Write a diary entry about your journey and the first week in your new country. Use your
answers from exercise 9 and the past simple of be and can.
It's tough! 85
7D ■ Listening, speaking and vocabulary What’s wrong?
.*t\-
Q Health
1 Look at these words. Label them problem (P) or treatment (T).
antibiotics bandage broken leg burn ː cold : cough cut dizzy flu headache ı injection
medicine painkiller plaster i sneeze, sore throat
2 How many of the things in exercise 1 can you find in the picture?
BANDAGE! UGH MIXTURE
KKKKX Kk KKK
3 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Read the five statements in the fact file below. Do you think they
are true (T) or false (F)?
Five Health Facts and Myths
1 Y o u s h o u ld d r in k e ig h t g l a s s e s o f w a te r p e r d a y .
You can get enough liquid from 1 , coffee,2 and
milk. You also get liquid from food, especially3 and vegetables.
2 Y o u c a n tr e a t flu w ith a n t ib io t ic s .
You can use antibiotics to treat4 , b u t5 is a virus.
3 C h ic k e n s o u p c a n h e lp w h e n y o u h a v e a c o ld .
Chicken soup has got lots o f 6 ingredients and it can help with a
7 or a sore throat.
4 Y o u s h o u ld n ’t d r in k c o ld d r in k s w h e n y o u h a v e a s o r e th ro a t.
The 8 of the drink isn’t important. But don’t drink too many
9 , fizzy drinks.
5 It i s n ’t d a n g e r o u s to g o s w im m in g im m e d ia t e ly a fte r a m e a l.
It is quite 10 to go swimming after a meal.
4 2.16 Listen to the interview and check your answers to Exercise 3. Correct the false
statements.
5 2.16 Work in pairs. Complete the gaps in the fact file. Listen again and check your answers.
6 SPEAKING Work in groups. Read the facts below. Three of them are true and three are false.
Discuss the facts and guess which are true and which are false. Then check your answers.
1 We lose approximately 680 grams o f skin every year
2 The heart is the strongest muscle in the body.
3 You use twenty-five muscles to take one step.
4 Babies have 300 bones, but adults only have 206 bones.
5 Your nose can identify 50,000 different smells.
6 A sneeze travels at about 50 km per hour
86 It's tough!
Talking about illness
7 SPEAKING Label the pictures 1-5 with the problems below. Then match the problems to
advice a-e.
I've got a bad cut. I've got a headache, d've got a cough and sore throat. I can't sleep. I feel dizzy.
1 ....................... 2 ......................... 3 ........................ 4 ........................ 5

a You should put a plaster on it.
b You should have a bath, listen to some music and relax before you go to bed.
c You should drink some hot water with lemon and honey,
d You should take a painkiller.
e You should sit down, and make an appointment to see your doctor
Vocabulary bank Health problems page 132
8 2.17 Listen to the dialogue. Which problems from exercise 7 does James have?
Asking about someone's Describing problems Giving advice

health 13.......................... a headache. Try t o 5.............................
What’s th e 1............................? 14 at night. 6 about
Are y o u 2............................ school work or exams before
about anything? bedtime.
10 2.18 Use the phrases below to complete the dialogue. Then listen and check.
you should raise your feet Are you OK I think you should see a doctor I feel really dizzy
Do you feel sick
Rick Hello, Martha. You don't look very w ell.1 ............................................ ?

Martha No, I'm not.2
Rick Oh dear. You should sit down. A n d 3
Martha Why?
Rick It makes the blood go to your brain.
Martha Oh, OK, thanks.
Rick 4 ?
Martha No, I don't. But I've got a bad sore throat.
Rick 5
Martha Yes, maybe you're right.
11 Read the dialogue again. Underline more ways of asking about someone's health, describing
problems and giving advice.
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Read the instructions below and prepare a dialogue. Use your own
ideas and exercises 9 and 10 to help you.
Student A
You don't feel well. Describe your problems to Student B.
Student B
Find out about Student A's problems and give them some
advice.
It's to u g h ! 87
7E ■ Writing A letter of advice
OiX\

1 Who do you talk to when you have a problem?
■ your friends ■ your teacher your parents
■ your brother/sister
2 Do you ever read problem pages?
3 Do you think that advice from a stranger
can be helpful? W h y /w h y not?
2 Read the letters 1-3. Then match them

to the replies a-c.
I was really happy o f School lost term, but naW

I'rn having Same problems- My b e s t fh e n A has gat
Same new friends and they don't like me. They
laugh a t me because I'm oat Very goad a t sport.
3 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Discuss the questions
about the letters.
I feel really stupid w hen I ’m with them. I don t
kno w w h a t to do. C a n you help m e ? 1 Are these typical problems for students at your
school? If not, what are typical problems?
2 Do you agree with the advice? Why / why not?
My school is 5 km from my home and my parents haven't 3 Can you think o f more advice for each problem?
got a car. I have to take the bus every day, but it's often
late and then my teachers are really angry with me. I don't M a k in g suggestions and g ivin g advice
want to get into trouble. What can I do?
4 Complete these ways of giving advice from the replies.
1 talk to your teacher?
X have a problem with rvxaths AYy big b ro th e r 2 arrange a meeting with
your teacher.
usually helps m e with rn j homework, bu+ a t
3 find a new group o f friends.
school X d on't u n d erstan d th e poa+hs lessons
4 cycle there with a friend.
AVy te a c h e r doesn't kwow about roy problem
because X g et good worlds f o r rns, homework 5 SPEAKING Use the ideas below and language from
exercise 4 to give advice for these problems.
1 I'm always late for school because I can’t get up early
in the morning.
Don’t worry! Many students have problems with 2 I want to go out with my friends, but my parents
difficult subjects. Why don’t you talk to your won't let me.
teacher? You could arrange a meeting with your ■ go to bed earlier
teacher and ask your brother to come to the prepare your bag for school the night before
meeting. Perhaps your brother can explain your buy a new alarm clock
problems to the teacher. talk to your parents
talk to your teacher
b
This is a difficult situation. You should find a invite your friends to your home
new group of friends. What are you interested help at home and then ask your parents
in? What are you good at? Perhaps you can join STRATEGY
a club where you can meet new people. You
shouldn’t spend time with people who aren’t nice Brainstorming ideas
to you. Before you start writing, it's helpful to brainstorm as
many ideas as you can.
E Oh dear! Of course you don't want to get into Write the title, topic, etc. at the top o f a piece of paper.
trouble. You should think about other ways of Set a time limit o f tw o minutes.
getting to school. Perhaps you can cycle there Write all the ideas you can think o ffe r the topic.
with a friend. You could talk to your teachers and Write notes, or one or tw o words. Don't use
explain the problem. Maybe another teacher or full sentences.
student goes to school by car and you can travel After tw o minutes, stop and choose your best ideas.
with them.
6 Read the strategy and brainstorm advice for the
problem below. Then compare your best ideas in
pairs.
I don't have any friends at my new school. What can I do?
88 It's tough!
WRITING GUIDE
Task Choose one of these problems and write a ■ Plan Use the letters of advice on page 88 as models.
letter of advice. Plan your letter of advice.
a I'm really worried about my exams next week and I Remember to begin your letter with Dear and finish
can't sleep. Chloe with Best wishes.
b I have to do a lot o f housework at home and I don’t Begin with a sentence to show that you understand
have time to relax or meet my friends. Adam the problem.
c I think my best friend is in trouble. She's often sad, Include at least tw o or three suggestions.
but she doesn't talk to me. Julie Write your most important suggestion first. Give each
suggestion a separate paragraph.
Ideas Read the instructions and make notes.
Try to finish your letter with some kind words.
1 Think about the problem and the advice to give.
2 Brainstorm ideas for the advice. Write Write your letter of advice. Use the strategy,
3 Choose your best ideas and write them in your ideas and plan to help you. Remember to include
full sentences. language for making suggestions and giving advice.
Check Check your spelling, grammar and punctuation.
V o c a b u la ry G ra m m a r
1 Complete the sentences with the correct words. 4 Complete the text with the correct form of have to
1 The....................... joins the head to the body. or should and the verbs in brackets.
2 The joins the arm to the body. Questions
3 The connects the two parts of the arm. 1 y o u ...................... (do) a lot of housework?
4 The joins the hand to the arm. 2 ............................................................. you (help) more?
5 The joins the leg to the body.
6 The connects the tw o parts of the leg. 13 (not do) much housework. I
7 The joins the foot to the leg. 4 (make) my bed in the morning, but
Marks /7 that’s about all. I 5 (take) my dog for a
walk, but my dad usually does that. He 6
2 Use a suffix to change these verbs into nouns. Then (leave) home at 7.30, so he gets up very early. But
complete the sentences with the correct form of the my dad has a car, so he 7 (not walk) to
nouns. work. I usually 8 (run) to school because
I’m late. My mum thinks I 9 (get up)
design direct drive play report ride swim visit
earlier. 1 don’t get out of bed until 8.15, so I suppose 1
1 The....................... are waiting to jum p in the pool. 10 (not be) so lazy. Jessie
2 My dad is the o f a company.
3 Basketball are often over two metres tall. Marks 710
4 I'd like to be a news when I'm older.
5 Complete the paragraph about Pocahontas with the
5 My sister works in fashion-she's a ........................
correct form of the past tense of be or can.
6 Car have to be careful when it's foggy.
7 We have a ........................ There's someone at the door. P ocahontas1 th e daughter o f Powhatan, chief
8 The....................... are preparing their horses. o f the A lgonquian tribes in V irginia. W hen s h e 2
Marks 78 young s h e 3 cook and make clothes fro m animal
skins like o th e r girls. But her life 4 boring.
3 Complete the text with the correct words. In 1607, there 5 some English colonists in Virginia.
P ocahontas6 speak English and 7
Sometimes it’s difficult to know if you’ve got a cold friends w ith them . But th e o th e r Indians 8 happy
or the flu. Both illnesses make you cough and w ith the colonists. T h e re 9 a lo t o f fig h tin g
’s , and they also give you a blocked nose and the English to o k Pocahontas as prisoner. A n Englishman
and a 2s t ...... Some patients called John Rolfe 10 in love w ith her and they
get a 3h too, and others feel m arried in 1614. In 1616, Rolfe and Pocahontas visited England.
4d so they can’t stand up. Both illnesses P ocahontas11 one o f the firs t N ative Am ericans
are caused by a virus, so 5a don’t work. to visit England. S he12 very popular and met
However, you can take 6p for some King)am es I. U nfortunately, she 13 very ill, and
symptoms and 7m for the cough. she died in England.
Marks /7 Marks /13

Life story
Reading and vocabulary Life's ups and downs
Music:
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Which of these things do
you want most in your future? Number them from
the road to success
1 (most important) to 6 (not important). A lot of people dream of a career in music, but
a husband or wife a long life a lot o f free time su c c e ss isn't easy. Here are two m usicians'
unusual stories.
■ a lot of money an interesting jo b ■ children
American musician Sixto Rodriguez recorded two
U l Life stages s albums in the 1970s, but they weren't very popular in
the USA. He performed some concerts in Australia, but
2 2.19 Match these life events to the pictures he stopped recording new music. He g ot married and
(1-10) above. Then listen, check and repeat. had three children. He went to university, but then he
got a jo b as a builder.
be born die fall in love get divorced get married
get a job go to university grow up have a baby io In South Africa in the 1970s and 1980s,
■ retire there were a lot of political problems
and people loved Rodriguez's
3 2.20 Complete the sentences with the correct political songs. His music was more
famous there than Elvis Presley's!
form of the life events in exercise 2. Then listen and
is But because of the political
check.
situation, there weren't many
1 Around the world, 267 babies visitors to the country. Rodriguez
every minute and 108 people................................... knew nothing of his South African
from illness or accidents. success and his South African
2 The most dangerous years o f your life are your first 20 fans believed that he was dead.
No money from his record sales in
year, when you are very young, and the year after you
South Africa reached Rodriguez.
................................... from work and have a lot of
free time. Then, in 1998, his daughter
3 In the UK, the average woman discovered a South African
25 website about him. She and her
for the first time at the age of twenty-nine and the
father couldn't believe it. He had
typical c h ild ................................... in a family with thousands of fans! Sixto travelled
one brother or sister. to South Africa, now a peaceful
4 British teenagers often................................... , for country, and played his music to
example in a shop or cafe, while they are still at school. 30 big crowds. Twenty-eight years
5 6.7% of the people on the planet.................................. after he recorded his best
to continue their education after they leave school. songs, he was a star!
6 The average person
with four different people in their lifetime, but
to one. Husbands and wives
aren't always happy together and they sometimes
4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. The photos opposite tell

the stories of two people's careers. Match them to
the jobs below. What do you think the two stories
are about? Read the text and check your answers.
American football player builder: opera singer
■ singer songwriter
90 Life story
Vocabulary: life stages; adjective suffixes-fill/-at, types of writing; Speaking: people and their jobs: people you respect; important events
collocations with take in history; talking about your weekend;
Grammar: past simple regular and irregular verbs W riting: a narrative
5 Read the text again. Are the sentences true (T) or 4 In the 1980s, Sixto was rich because o f his success in
false (F)? Correct the false ones. South Africa.
5 In the end, the internet was a big help to Sixto's
1 Sixto's music wasn't very successful in the USA.
career as a musician.
2 Sixto and Elvis Presley were in concerts together in
6 Keith was into music when he was a child.
South Africa.
7 As a young man, Keith was a sportsman.
3 Americans liked to go on holiday to South Africa in
8 Keith's football team were big fans of opera.
9 Other singers were very nice to Keith when he was in
his first opera.
10 Keith now sings opera in a lot of different countries.
insight Adjective suffixes:-fu l and -al

6 Read the text again and underline the adjective
forms of these nouns. Complete the table. Then
complete the text below with the best adjective.
success peace
nature wonder
profession power
Keith Miller grew up on a farm in Colorado, USA, with no beauty politics

interest in singing or musical instruments. He was a natural music
35 sportsman: fast and powerful. After university he became
a professional American footballer player in 1992.
People become 1 (nature / profession)
His interest in music started in 1994 when he went to a
wonderful perform ance of The Phantom of the Opera
musicians for different reasons. Some want to be
a t the theatre. After that, he listened fo CDs o f other famous, get rich and be 2 (politics /
40 musicals and operas. Sometimes, in private, he even success). Others want to entertain and make
sang the songs. 3 (peace / beauty) music. Others
In 2001, when he was twenty-eight, he heard about an want to change the world and their songs have a
opera at a music festival, which needed singers. Just 4 (politics / wonder) message.
for fun, Keifh auditioned for the opera. To his surprise, • Aretha Franklin’s song R e s p e c t (1967) is still popular
45 he g ot a part! When his football team heard about this, today because of Aretha’s 5 (wonder /
they laughed and laughed. They hated opera. And it success) voice and the song’s feminist message.
wasn't easy with the opera singers, either. Some of them • John Lennon’s song I m a g i n e (1971) asked people
believed Keifh was stupid because he couldn't read
to imagine a 6 (power / peace) world
music very well.
without war.
so But Keith soon decided that his future was in opera. He • The Special AKA’s song F re e N e ls o n M a n d e l a (1984)
retired from football and sfudied for four years at music was about South Africa's most famous political
college. He's now a very successful opera singer, not
prisoner. Ten years later, Mandela was president: the
only because of his beautiful voice, but also because
he's stronger and titter than most opera singers. He most 7 (music / power) person in his
55 sings in the greatest opera houses around the world. country.
• Radiohead's I d i o t e q u e (2000) and S a i l t o t h e M o o n
(2003) are inspired by the environment and ask
people to protect the 8 (politics /
nature) world lor future generations.

Why do you think Sixto stopped recording in the 1970s?
How do you think Keith Miller felt when he studied
opera?
Do you think it’s difficult to be successful? Why /
why not?
Which famous person do you respect because of
their environmental, social or political work? Describe
their life and what they do.
Vocabulary bank
Life story 91
8B ■ Grammar and listening The human story
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Choose the correct answers to the questions

below. Then read the text and check your answers. Why was the needle
important? Did you learn anything surprising from the text?
1 Our earliest human ancestors were from Africa / Asia.
2 Humans were first in Europe 45,000 / 45 m illion years ago.
3 There were / weren't humans in the last Ice Age.
4 Humans could / couldn't find ways to keep warm in the Ice Age.
Out of Africa
Today, humans are the most powerful species on Earth, but that wasn't always true. About
70,000 years ago, the species H o m o s a p ie n s was in trouble. There wasn't much rain in
Africa and it became difficult to find food. A lot of people died and at one point there were
only 2,000 humans on the planet in small groups or Tribes' in different parts of Africa. After
130,000 years in Africa, we almost disappeared forever, Like the dinosaurs.
But H o m o s a p ie n s continued. The survivors were brilliant hunters, they had good language skills
and made useful tools. They were the toughest and most intelligent of the species.
About 65,000 years ago, one tribe left Africa. One woman in that tribe is the ancestor of 85% of
the people on the planet today. Slowly, humans grew in number and travelled to Arabia, then India
and Australia. Other humans went north and west. They came to Europe about 45,000 years ago.
Another change in climate tested humans again: the Ice Age. 20,000 years ago, ice covered the north
of Europe and Asia and it seemed impossible to live in the terrible cold. But someone had a great idea:
the needle. With a bone needle, we could make warm clothes from animal skins, and humans survived.
After this, we tried a lot of different ideas to make our lives more comfortable and later our
technology started to change the world. Can our species survive for another 200,000 years?
Past simple affirmative: regular verbs

2 Match the two halves of the rules for the past simple. Then study the highlighted verbs in the
text. Match each verb to a rule (a-d).
a listen -* listened After most verbs,
b love —»loved After verbs ending in -e,
c study-* studied After verbs ending in a consonant and -y,
d stop —* stopped After some verbs ending in a vowel and a consonant,
e The past simple form is the same in all persons.
1 we add -ed.........................................
2 we change-y to-Zed.
3 we double the consonant and add-ed
4 we add -d..........................................
3 2.21 Complete the text with the past simple form of the verbs in brackets. Then listen
and check.
The human story

The first humans 1 (hunt) animals and 2 (look) for fruit, seeds and
nuts for their food. They 3 (travel) from place to place and 4....................... (carry)
their young children with them. Big families weren't possible. But about 10,000 years ago,
humans 5 (invent) farming, probably in the Middle East, and human life
6 (change) completely. The first farmer 7 (plant) some seeds
in the earth. 'You are wasting your food,' his tribe 8 (laugh). But the farmer
9 (wait). Soon he 10 (notice) little green plants in the earth and these
plants 11 (produce) a lot of food. The people in his tribe 12 (chat) to
other tribes, and they 13 (copy) the farmer's idea. Soon there were a lot of farmers,
and humans 14 (stop) travelling. They 15 (live) in small villages, and
could have more children because they weren't travelling all the time. The human population
16 (start) to grow.
92 Life story
Past simple affirmative: irregular verbs
4 Some past simple forms are irregular. They don't follow any rules. You
have to learn them. Find the irregular past simple forms of these verbs in
the text in exercise 1.
1 become became 5 grow
2 have ........ 6 go
3 make 7 come
4 leave ................................... 8 think
5 Complete the timeline with the irregular past simple form of these verbs.
become go have hear leave make see sing wear write
STRATEGY
Listening for gist and for detail
We can listen for gist - for the speaker's general meaning or message. We
can also listen carefully for specific details.
The first tim e you hear a recording, listen for gist. Try to understand the subject
or story o f the recording.
The second time you listen, listen for the details. The questions in the task will
help you focus on which details are important.
6 2.22 Read the strategy. Then listen to an interview to understand

the gist. What is the subject of the interview?
a a new species o f human b human tools c an early species o f human
7 2.22 Listen again and choose the correct words to complete the
sentences.
1 Neanderthals lived in Europe / Africa / America before homo sapiens.
2 They had bigger heads / legs / arms than us.
3 They survived better than us in hot / w et / cold climates.
4 They grew vegetables / used tools / couldn't speak.
5 They made cups / flutes / homes from animal bones.
6 They disappeared about 2,500 / 25,000 / 250,000 years ago.
7 Some people thinkthat modern humans helped / killed / joined tribes of
Neanderthals.
8 Some people think that Neanderthals disappeared because o f climate change /
disease / wars.
8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Think of an important event or invention,

for example money, medicine, the internet or mobile phones. Why was
it important? Give a short presentation with your partner on how it
changed our lives. Use the categories below to help you. Use the example
below as a model.
accommodation 1communication ■ employment ■ technology ■ transport
People used the first vehicles with wheels 5.5oo years ago, maybe in Roland or
the Middle East. It was a very important event because people could travel longer
distances. Before this, people couldn't carry heavy things. Most types of transport
today have got wheels.
Vocabulary bank Past time expressions page 133
Life story 93
1 Can you match these famous writers to their portraits? Write their names under the portraits.
Jane Austen Agatha Christie Roald Dahl Charles Dickens William Shakespeare MarkTwain
2 Match the writers to their works.

■ Charlie and the Chocolate factory m Hamlet mMurder on the Orient Express mOliver Twist
Pride and Prejudice m The Adventures o f Tom Sawyer
3 Read about Mary Shelley and Emily Dickinson. Which woman:

1 travelled a lot?..............................................................................................
2 cared for her mother?..................................................................................
3 had a more exciting life? Why?....................................................................
4 Read the text again and complete the sentences.

1 Mary's mother wanted better lives f o r .............................................
2 Mary couldn't get married to Percy when she was sixteen because he
3 Percy was twenty-nine when h e ..............................................
4 A lot of films tell the story o fth e novel
5 Emily grew up and went to school in a town in .........................................
6 Emily stayed at home a lot to help her..............................................
7 Her poems weren't very popular because her writing style was...............
8 After her death, her sister..............................................
5 Underline the irregular past simple forms of these verbs in the text.
do fall ■ find get run write
Mary Shelley (1797-1851) Emily Dickinson (1830-1886)

W hat do we k n o w a b o u t h e r fa m ily ? Where d id she g ro w up?
Both tier parents were famous political writers. Her mother In Massachusetts, in the USA.
campaigned for equal rights for women, but Mary didn't D id she go to school?
know her because she died when Mary was a baby. Mary Yes, she did. Her grandfather started a
grew up in London with her father. As a young girl, she boys' secondary school in her town and
learned a lot from conversations with her father's visitors, Emily was one of the first girls who
including important poets and politicians. When she was studied there. She enjoyed her years at
sixteen, she fell in love with the poet. Percy Bysshe Shelley school, but she didn't finish her studies.
and ran away with him to France. When her mother became ill, Emily left school
D id th e y g e t m a rrie d in F ra n ce? to be her nurse and she didn't leave the house very often.
No, they didn’t, because Percy had a wife in London. They D id she g e t m a rrie d ?
got married two years later after Percy's first wife died. No, she didn't. She hacl some male friends and she wrote
They lived together in Italy until Percy died in a sailing them a lot of letters. But in her later years, she didn't meet
accident at the age of twenty-nine. After people outside the family. She lived with her dog, her parents
this, Mary went back to England with her and her sister. Her brother’s family lived in a house on the
young son. other side of the garden. She loved reading and gardening.
W hat d id she w rite ? W hat d id she w rite ?
Short stories and novels. She wrote About 1,800 poems, but she didn't show many of them to
her most famous work, the novel other people. During her life, only eleven of her poems
F r a n k e n s t e i n , when she was appeared in print ancl people didn't like her unusual writing
only twenty. It was probably the style very much.
world’s first science fiction story.
When d id h e r w o rk become fa m o u s ?
I It also became a successful
After Emily died, her sister found hundreds of new poems.
play and there are now a lot of
She published them and slowly they became popular
different films of the story.
Today, people think that Emily Dickinson is one of the
r USAs greatest poets.
94 Life story
Types of writing
6 Match the words to the definitions.
article fiction non-fiction ı novel play poem script short story
1 This is usually hundreds of pages long with a lot of chapters.................................................

2 A poet writes this. It can be long or short.................................................
3 Actors use this to learn their lines when they make a film .................................................
4 You see this at the theatre.................................................
5 Magazines and newspapers have a lot o f these.................................................
6 This is like a novel, but a novel is longer.................................................
7 This type of writing is about real life.................................................
8 I he writer imagines the people and the events in this type of writing...............................................

1 What book are you reading? Do you like it? Why / why not?
2 Do you prefer reading fiction or non-fiction (biographies, history books, travel books)? Why?
3 Do you read articles on the internet, in magazines or in newspapers? What do you like reading about?
Past sim ple: n eg ative
8 Find and complete these sentences in the text about Emily Dickinson. Then choose the
correct words in the rules.
She her studies. People her unusual writing style.
a We make the negative past simple with don't / didn't + the infinitive o f the verb,
b The negative of the past simple changes/doesn't change in the 3rd person singular
9 Do you know the story of Frankenstein ? What happens? Complete the text with the negative
past simple form of these verbs.
give like- meet sleep Talk understand want
For months, the scientist Victor Frankenstein worked on his monster He1 to his
friends about his work and h e 2....................... very much at night. During a storm, he used
electricity to bring the monster to life. But Victor3 the monster's scary appearance.
The monster was big, but he was like a baby. He 4....................... the world. He wanted to eat,
but peoples him any food. He wanted friends, but he 6 any friendly
people. H e7.......................to hurt people at first. But he became angry with his'father', Victor.
Past sim ple: questions and sh o rt answers
10 Underline past simple questions and short answers in the text on page 94. Complete the
rules with the correct words.
a We make past simple questions with (question word) + ............................. + subject + infinitive?
b We make affirmative short answers in the past simple with Yes, + subject + ..............................
c We make negative short answers in the past simple with No, + subject + ..............................
11 2.23 Make past simple questions from these prompts and write your answers. Then
listen and check.
1 Steven Spielberg / make / Star Wars ? 3 the Brontd sisters / write / novels ?
Did Steven Spielberg make S tar Wars? 4 Horner / tell / stories / about the
No, he didn't. George Lucas made it. Trojan War / ?
2 Sherlock Holmes and Doctor Watson / 5 JK Rowling / write / T h e H o b b i t ?
live / in Paris ?
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Student A: choose a famous person from the past. Student B: ask and
answer questions about the person to guess who it is. Student A only gives yes or no answers.
DVD EXTRA The magic of Roald Dahl
Life story 95
8D ■ Listening, speaking and vocabulary Moments to
SPEAKING Work in pairs. What are the people in the photos doing? Do you want to do these
things in the future? Why / why not?
2 ^3 2.24 Listen to four people talking about the best moment of their life. Match them to
the photos.
3 2.24 Listen again and complete the sentences with the correct word.
1 Mark talks about his little fingers and toes.
2 He took about a thousand of her.
3 He thinks she's more now than when she was a baby.
4 Jenny felt really after her first test.
5 After her second test, she co uld........................................................without her mum.
6 Peter went to a lot o f........................................................after university.
7 After he heard from the TV company, he started work the next.........................................
8 Isobel's best moment was when she.........................................................
9 She really her job.
10 She thinks . is fun for older people.
STRATEGY
Identifying and using collocations
A collocation is a combination of words which go together. For example, we say go swimming
and not do swimming.
When you learn a new word, it is a good idea to learn its most common collocations.
Record collocations in your vocabulary notebook.
insight Collocations with take
4 Read the strategy. Then use these words and phrases to complete the collocations with take.
Which piece of advice do you think is the most useful?
a break a test ı care ı control part ■ photos place turns
How to get the m ost out o f life

Take o f your life . No one Happy memories are im p o rta n t fo r a happy
should decide y o u r fu tu re except you. life . When you w a n t to rem ember som ething,
d o n 't leave y o u r camera a t home. Take lo ts
of ...........
Choose to do som ething d iffic u lt every year.
Take in a race, sing in fro n t
o f an audience, or organize a c h a rity event. o Learn to w ork in a team . Take
so everyone shares th e hard work.
You can do amazing th in g s when you try !
Take o f y o u r frien ds and When you have to take

fa m ily. W ith o u t th e m , you are n o th in g . prepare w ell. Study and revise!
When you're tire d , sto p w orking and take <► Remember y o u r education doe sn 't o n ly take
..............................You need to re st and relax in th e classroom. You can
to do y o u r best work. learn a lo t from th e 'u n iv e rs ity o f life'.
96 Life story
5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Tell your partner about a time when you did these things.
1 took an important test
2 took a fantastic photo
3 took care of someone
4 took part in a competition
5 took control o f something
Talking a b o u t y o u r w eeken d
6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Where did you go at the weekend? Did you do any of these things?
7 2.25 Listen to the dialogue. Where did Jasmine and Ed go at the weekend? Did they
have fun there?
Asking a b o u t someone's w eekend Expressing interest

How1 your weekend? That sounds6
W hat2 your weekend? Wow! Lucky7 !
Did you have a g o o d 3 ? Really?
Responding Expressing sym pathy

It was fantastic,4 . 8 luck!
No,5 a disaster! O h 9......................................... ! Poor you!
9 2.26 Complete the dialogue with these phrases. Then listen and check.
a disaster your weekend Did you have Poor you it was fantastic r What about
Polly How was1...................................................................................................................................... ?

Nick It was2........................................................................................................................................... 1
Polly That's a shame. What was the problem?
Nick I lost my bag in the shopping centre, and it had £40 in it!
Polly Oh no!3..........................................................................................................................................
Nick 4 ...................your weekend?5 a good time?
Polly Yes,6 .thanks. I went to a Jumping Jelly concert.
Nick How brilliant! What did they play?
Polly All their best songs. And after the concert we met the band. They were really friendly.
Nick Wow! Lucky you!
10 Read the dialogue again. Underline one more way to express interest and one more way to
express sympathy.
11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Prepare a dialogue about last weekend. Use these situations, your
own ideas and exercises 8 and 9 to help you.
stay with a cousin in London go swimming go to a party help your mum and dad
■ have flu ■ break your computer
Life story
1 Read this narrative. Do you enjoy days like this?
A memorable day
Two months ago, I did a sponsored bike ride for a cancer charity
with my friends Jack and Gemma. It was a fantastic day.
When I got up that morning, I was worried because the cycle ride
was very long - from London to Brighton. Could I finish the ride?
But when I arrived at the start, I immediately felt better. There were
hundreds of people of all ages and most of them weren’t amazing
cyclists. My friends and I chatted to a lot of nice people as we
rode and at first it was a lovely sunny day.
After two hours, we stopped for a quick lunch then got on our
bikes again. Suddenly, it started to rain! Soon we were really
cold and wet because we didn't have rain jackets. But we sang
our favourite songs together and didn’t think about the horrible
weather. At last, after four hours in the rain, we reached Brighton
and the sun came out! We were tired, but really happy.
It wasn’t an easy ride, but we made £340 for charity and had a great
day. Sometimes the difficult things in life are the most fun!
N a rra tiv e adverbs
2 S tu d y th e u n d e rlin e d a d v e rb s in th e te xt and m atch th em to th e d e fin itio n s.

1 immediately a in the beginning
2 at first b after a long time (when something good happens)
3 suddenly c quickly and without warning
4 soon d now or very soon afterwards
5 at last e after a short time
3 Complete this paragraph with the adverbs in exercise 2.

My first day at school was very scary1.......................................... I didn't know any of the other
people in the class, so I sat quietly at my desk, but I wasn't alone for long.2......................................
a girl called Melissa came and said hello. 13......................................... felt better because she was
really nice.4 the bell sounded. It was tim e for our first lesson and Melissa
and I walked together I met some other nice people at lunch time, but it was a long and difficult
day. I was really happy when it was 3 o'clock and I could go hom e5 ....................
STRATEGY
M aking your w riting interesting
Always try to make your writing interesting for the reader.
■ Use a mix of longer and shorter sentences.
■ Join different ideas together with connectors, e.g. and, but, too, also, because.
Don’t repeat words. Use a variety of synonyms when possible.
■ Use adjectives, e.g. fantastic, and adverbs, e.g. immediately
Include questions and exclamations. Remember to use the correct punctuation.
4 Read the strategy. Then read the narrative in exercise 1 again and find:
1 a long sentence with connectors joining different ideas.
2 a short sentence.
3 four positive adjectives and four negative adjectives.
4 a question.
5 an exclamation.
98 Life story
WRITING GUIDE
■ Task Write a narrative about a memorable day. Paragraph3: Later in the day
Paragraph 4: How you feel about the day
■ Ideas Think of a memorable day and make notes
about it. Think about what happened and look up Write Write your narrative. Use the strategy, your
any irregular past simple verb forms that you need. ideas and plan to help you. Remember to use the
past simple and narrative adverbs.
■ Plan Organize your ideas into paragraphs.
Check Check your spelling, grammar and punctuation.
Paragraph 1: Introduction: what happened?
Paragraph 2: The start of the day
1 Complete the text with the past simple form of the 4 Complete the extract from M urder on the Orient
verbs below. Express with the past simple form of the verbs in
be born die fall in love get divorced get married brackets.
go to university grow up have a baby
Detective Hercule Poirot1 (get on) the
Orient Express in Constantinople. A lot of people
Lord Byron is a great British poet. He 1 on
2 (be) on the train and Hercule
22 January, 1788, and he 2 in Aberdeenshire
3 (not have) a compartment. Luckily, one
in Scotland. When he was seventeen, he 3
of the passengers 4 (not arrive), so Poirot
at Cambridge w here he studied at T rin ity College. Byron was
5 (take) his. During the second night, Poirot
a ro m a n tic and he 4 m any tim es. Finally, in
6 (wake up) because of a loud noise in the
1815, he 5 to A nnabella M ilbanke. The couple
next compartment. Then Mr Ratchett, the man next
6 called Ada together, b u t th e ir m arriage d id n 't
door, 7 (speak) to the conductor. After
last. They 7 the next y e a r A fter th a t, Byron spent
that, Poirot 8........................ (not sleep) all night. He
his life trave llin g . He 8 on 19 A pril, 1824.
9 (ask) the conductor for a bottle of mineral
Marks 78 water and when the conductor 10 (leave),
he 11 (go) back to bed. Later, he
2 Use a su ffix to m ake th ese n o u n s in to adje ctives. 12 (hear) someone at his door. When he
Th en co m p le te th e sentences. 13 (open) the door he 14 (not
music nature peace politics power profession see) anybody except a woman in a red kimono in the distance.
success Tire next morning, Mr Ratchetr15 (be) dead.
1 Agatha Christie is the most British Marks 715

writer. Her novels have sold about four billion copies.
2 Mount Everest is one o f the seven wonders of the 5 Read the answers to questions about Maurice
world. It's in the Himalayas. Sendak's book Where the Wild Things Are. Write
3 Genghis Khan was a very ruler He questions about the phrases in bold using the past
controlled most of central Asia. simple.
4 Iceland is one of the most countries in 1 ...................................................................................... ?
the world. It doesn't have an army. Maurice Sendak wrote the book in 1963.
5 Mozart was a genius. He could play 2 ?
the piano when he was four. Max was eight years old.
6 Amnesty International tries to help 3 ...............................................................................?
prisoners. It was founded in London in 1961. His mother sent him to his bedroom.
7 Lionel Messi is a ....................... footballer. He plays for 4 .................................................................................... ?
Barcelona. Max went to the island.
Marks /7 5 ...............................................................................?
There were five monsters.
3 C o m p lete th e sen ten ces w ith th e correct co llo cation . 6 ....................................................................................... ?
1 I'm tired. Let's take The monsters made Max their king.
2 Eight athletes take in each race. 7 ............................................................................................ ?
3 Revise before you take Max went home because he missed his mother.
4 I'm going to take of that castle. 8 ....................................................................................... ?
5 Our matches take. .......every Saturday. He found a hot dinner in his room.
Marks /8
6 I take of my sister's children.
7 It's your go. You take in this game.
M a rks /7
am
Listening
1 2.27 Listen to a radio programme about
celebrities whose careers started badly. Are the
sentences true (T) or false (F)? Correct the false ones.
Bill Gates didn't go to university.
His first company wasn't a success.
Steven Spielberg didn't go to the film school he
wanted to.
He hasn't got a university degree.
Steven King's wife saved his first novel.
He didn't finish his first novel.
Michael Jordan wasn't tall enough for his school
basketball team at first.
He started playing for the NBA when he was a
teenager
Speaking
Work in pairs. Your friend has an important part in
the school play but they have a sore throat. Prepare
a dialogue.
Ask your friend about their health.
■ Give them some advice.
■ Ask them about other symptoms.
■ Give them more advice.
Reading
In the past, it was difficult for women to become
3 Read th e text. C h o o se th e co rrect answ er.
successful writers because people did not
1 Women writers usually tried to
think that women should write books. Women
a hide their identity in the past,
who wanted to publish books did not usually
b make a lot of money in the past,
use their own names. In some cases, only the
c publish many books in the past,
title of the book appeared on its cover; other
d find a good husband in the past.
female authors preferred to use a pen name or
Charlotte Bronte had to look after her brothers and
sisters because
pseudonym. T h is is exactly what the Bronte
a her mother was very busy, sisters chose to do.
b her father was dead, Charlotte Bronte was born on 21 April 1816.
c she was the oldest girl, She was the third of the six Bronte children,
d the family was poor. but her mother died when she was only five.
The Bronte children started writing stories because Her two older sisters died, so Charlotte was
a they were very imaginative, responsible for the three younger children: her
b they wanted to publish a book, brother Branwell and her two sisters Emily and
c they needed some money,
Anne. Their father was a strict man and the four
d they had to be quiet at home.
children had to be very quiet when he was at
The poems published in 1846 were by
home. To entertain themselves, they invented
a all four Bronte children,
an imaginary world and wrote stories and poems
b three of the children,
about it.
c tw o o f the children,
d one of the children.
When experts started criticizing Jane Eyre,
a shops stopped selling it.
b readers didn't listen to them,
c men didn't read it any more,
d the author stopped writing.
None of the Bronte sisters
a wanted to be famous, Charlotte Bronte Charlotte Bronte Emily Bronte Charlotte B
Villette The Professor W uiliering Heights Shirley
b was popular in the 1800s.
c lived past the age o f forty,
d read novels by other women.
100 Cumulative review Units 1-8 Literature insight 4 Workbook page 98
Grammar and vocabulary
t o w r it e
English artist L.S. Lowry is probably 1

recognizable painter in the UK. Laurence Stephen
Lowry 2 in Stretford near Manchester
in 1887. He wasn't a very good student, so he
3 go to university when he left school.
Instead, he got a job and had private art classes
4 the evenings after work. Eventually, he
A mm) 1 H H I got a place at the Manchester School of Art and his
In 1846, the Bronte sisters paid a publisher career as an artist5 ..................
to print a collection of their poems under the Lowry is famous for his scenes of life in the industrial
pseudonyms of Currer, Ellis and Acton Bell. cities of North West England in the middle of the
They chose men’s names which had the first 20,h century. 6 often large factories in
letter of these own names. They continued his pictures 7 smoke coming out of
using these pseudonyms when they published the chimneys. The factory workers looked a bit like
matches in his paintings, so people started calling them
novels individually. J a n e E y r e by Currer Bell,
'matchstick men'. Art critics 8 his pictures
W u t h e r i n g H e i g h t s by Ellis Bell and A g n e s G r e y
at first, because of his very simple style. But they started
by Acton Bell were all published the following
to think 9 after he died in 1976.
year. Charlotte's novel J a n e E y r e was an instant
Today you can see 10 of his paintings at
success and it received excellent reviews until
the Lowry Centre in Salford, UK, but there are others
the critics began to doubt that it was written by
in art galleries all over the world.
a man. Once they realized that the writer was a
woman, they began to find fault with the novel.
But by then it was loo late and people continued
1 a most b the more c the most
buying it.
2 a born b was born c is born
Despite the problems facing women writers 3 a can't b couldn't c don't
in the nineteenth century, the Bronte sisters 4 a in b on c at
became quite famous. Sadly, all three of them 5 a begin b began c beginning
died in their thirties, so they could never really 6 a There are b There is c They are
enjoy their fame. Today, their novels are read 7 a that b of c with
all over the world and they are considered to be 8 a don't like b not like c didn’t like
classic works of English literature. 9 a different b differently c more different
10 a a lot b any c much
Writing
5 Write a narrative about a difficult day. Include this
information:
■ what happened to you on this day
what you did at the start of the day
Anne Bronte Charlotte Bronte Anne Brontt* what you did later
Agnes Grey jane Eyre The Tenant o f Wildfell Hall
■ what went wrong
how you feel about the day
Changes
Reading and vocabulary A new m odel
M Describing people
1 Add these words for describing people to the table. Check the
meaning of any new words.
beard blonde: curly dyed ı freckles glasses! medium height
■ medium w e ig h ts moustache overweight ■ ta n n e d * thin
Height short
Size slim
Hair colour/
style straight long short
Eye colour blue green brown
Other bald ........................
features
2 Match one of the people in the pictures to the description.

What are the three verbs used to give descriptions?
He / She is medium-height and slim. He / She has got long, brown,
straight hair. He / She got brown eyes and he / she wears glasses.
3 Write descriptions for the other two people in the photos.

■-41
4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Describe a famous person.
Can your partner guess who the person is?
STRATEGY
W riting summaries It's a model job!
A summary is a short text which gives the main points
Sculptors at the fam ous waxworks museum,
of a longer text. When you write a summary:
M adam e Tussauds, make fo rty to fifty new
■ first read the longer text and underline the key information, models o f fam ous people every year. You can see
only include the key information from the text. politicians, actors, sportspeople, royalty, authors
■ do not include unnecessary details. and inventors at M adam e Tussauds. But how do
■ do not include your opinion of the text. the m odel makers create a new model?
■ you can write information in a different order from in
the text. Put the most important information first. The sculptors take
more than 200
5 Read the strategy above. Then read the text, It's a measurements.
m odel job!, and choose the best summary. What is The process takes
10
wrong with the other two? about six months.
a The text describes how sculptors make a clay model It begins with a
o f someone's head for Madame Tussauds. First, they series of about 200
measurements.
take lots of measurements and photographs, and
15 A team of sculptors visits the person. They measure
then make the model.
the person's body, take photographs and match the
b The text describes the process of making a waxwork colour of their hair, skin and eyes with samples of
model for Madame Tussauds. The process takes six hair, coloured wax for their skin and glass for their
months and includes making a clay model, then eyes. The most important question for the sculptor is,
a wax model, painting the skin and the eyes and 20 'What does this person look like?' But it's not the only
adding the hair. question. The sculptors also want to know, 'What's
this person like?' It's important to also show the
c The text is a really interesting description of model-
personality in the final model. That's more difficult for
makers'work at Madame Tussauds. It takes a long
historical figures because the sculptors can't talk to
time to make a wax model and the sculptors always them! They use paintings and drawings as references,
try to show the personality as well as the physical
appearance.
i but they also read about their lives.
Changes
Vocabulary: physical description; different uses of like; noun suffixes Speaking: physical appearance; sculpture and art: future plans; predictions
-ion and -ment; phrasal verbs; and resolutions: discussing a business idea; talking on the phone
Grammar: going to (plans); will (predictions); W riting: an informal email
6 Read the text again and answer the questions. insight like
1 What do the sculptors do when they visit the person?
7 We can use like in different ways. Read the three
2 What are the tw o questions they ask when the meet
examples and match them to descriptions a-c
the person?
below.
3 Why are clothes so important to the model?
1 be like: What is she like?
4 How long does it take to make the wax moulds?
2 look like: What does she look like?
5 Why does it take a long tim e to add the hair?
3 like: What does she like doing?
6 How does Madame Tussauds often get the clothes
for the models? a I want to know about her appearance,
b I want to know about her hobbies,
c I want to know about her personality.
They make a
clay model of 8 Use the correct form of be like, look like or like to
the head. complete these sentences.
The sculptors 1 W hat..............................Jade...............................
then make a clay .............................. ? She's got red hair and green eyes.
model of the 2 .............................. yo u ............................... watching
head and they sport on TV?
build a skeleton 3 What Rick.............................?
from metal and newspaper. Then they add clay to the
He's very interesting and kind.
skeleton. The model's clothes can change the position
of the model's body, so the sculptors think about the 4 I ..............................................................my sister She's
clothes when they make the body. For example, a tall, very friendly, but I'm quite shy.
thin woman with tight clothes and high heeled shoes 5 I .............................. listening to music before I go
stands in a very different way from a short man with to sleep but I ..............................................................
baggy clothes and trainers. watching TV.
6 You..............................................................your dad!
You're both very tall and thin.
A specialist team
makes the moulds 9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the examples of
for the wax. different sculptures and discuss the questions.
This process takes 45
1 What is the subject o f the sculpture?
about ten to
2 What does the sculpture look like?
twelve weeks. After
the clay model of 3 Do you like the sculpture? Why / why not?
the head and the 4 Which is your favourite sculpture? Why?
body are complete, another specialist team makes the 50
moulds for the wax.
The hairdressers
add the hair.
When the wax
model is ready, the 55
hairdressers begin
their work. They
use real hair for
the model's hair,
eyebrows, beard and moustache. They add the hair 60
to the wax head - one hair at a time. It's a very slow

process and it usually takes six weeks to complete.
A team of painters paints the skin and another team
makes the eyes and paints them exactly the same
colour as the person's eyes. 65
10 Find out about a famous piece of art which you like.
Finally, the model is ready. Celebrities often donate Answer these questions.
their own clothes for their waxwork model. Madame
1 What is it called? 4 What is it made of?
Tussauds usually has a special ceremony for a new
waxwork model. The celebrity stands next to the 2 Who made it? 5 Where is it?
model and everyone can see the amazing work of the 70 3 What is the subject? 6 Why do you like it?
Madame Tussauds sculptors.
Vocabulary bank Materials page 134
Changes 103
9B ■ Grammar and listening A new life
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Discuss these events. Decide which is the most exciting, most
important, biggest change and scariest event. Give reasons for your choices.
move to a new country
finish university and start your first job
work as a volunteer in another country
win the lottery
2 Read the text and match the people to the sentences.

1 Mamie a is going to start a new job in the same country.
2 Fred b is going to start a new school in a different country.
3 Isabelle c is going to start a new job in a different country.
Everything's going to be different!

Are you going to have any big changes in your life this year? Three teenagers talk about how their
Lives are going to change soon.
Marnie
M e y t m o n t h , θ ı ʃ li f e is g o in g t o c\\mcp c o m p \ e % I'm 90109 t o T ra v e \ t o C th a n a in A f r ic a w ith tw o frie -n d s
f r o m c o tt& q e . W e r e 90 1 0 9 t o te a c h e l f i s h a t a n o r p h a n a g e .T V ie r c a r e m o r e T h an o n e m i l l i o n o r p h a n s
- c h ild r e n w ith n o m o t h e r o r f a t h e r - in C th a n a . I'm n o t g o in g t o in a h o t e l, I 'm g o in g t o liv e w ith a
G h a n a ia n f a m i l y I'm g o in g t o e a t t r a d it io n a l G h a n a ia n f o o d a n d \& a rn a b o u t G h a n a ia n c u H u re . I c a n t w a it.
Fred
N e x t W eek , I ’m g o in g t o s t a r t nny f ir s t jo b a s a n a p p r e n t ic e f o r a m e d ia c o m p a n y . V m n o t g o in g
t o m o v e a w a y f r o m h o m e b e c a u s e I c a n ' t a f f o r d it. It 's g o in g t o b e v e r y d if f e r e n t f r o m m y lif e ay
a ^ d e n t Vm S ° ^ s 0 C r e a t iv e d ig it a l m e d ia a p p r e n t ic e '. T h e r e o r e f iv e a p p r e n t ic e s a n d
W e r e g o in g t o le a r n a b o u t v id e o p r o d u c t io n a n d Web d e s ig n ! I'm r e a lly e x c it e d . W e're g o in g to
Jnave t w e lv e W e e k s o f t r a in in g a n d t h e n W e’r e g o in g t o W ork on o u r f ir s t p r o je c t f o r a c lie n t . I ’m
n o t going to earn V ery m u c h m oney, b u t I’m going to learn a lot. I W ant to b e c o m e a Web designer
a ft e r t h e ap p re n ticesh ip .
Isabelle
No more rainy, cold Christm aees! No more rainy, cold summers! Our fam ily’s going t o move t o Sydney, th e la rge st
c ity in Auetralia, n ext month. I’m so excited! Sydney g e ts 2 4 0 days o f sunshine every year and th e tem p era ture
never goes below 2 °C. M y b rother and I are going t o join 9ydney Secondary College in Balmain. I t ’s n e xt t o th e sea
and we can s tu d y really in terestin g subjecte there, like Japanese and marine biology.
9B
g o in g t o : plans
3 Underline examples of going to in the text on page 104. Then choose the correct option to
complete these rules.
a We use going to to describe plans / hopes for the future,
b Before going to we use the verb have / be.
c After going to we use the infinitive w ith out to / present participle.
4 Write questions and answers about Fred. Use the prompts.

1 Fred / start / new school? no / start / new job
Is Fred going to start a new school?
No, he isn't going to start a new school. He's going to start a newjob.
2 Fred / move away from / home? no / stay at / home
3 the apprentices / teach / video production? no / learn about / video production
4 they / start / first project / immediately? no / have / twelve weeks o f training
5 Fred / earn / a lot of money? no / learn a lot about web design
5 Complete Isabelle's email with the correct form of going to and the verbs in brackets.
6 2.28 Listen to the dialogue between Mamie and her mother. Where is Marnie?
7 2.28 Listen to the dialogue again and complete the sentences with going to, the verbs
from A and the phrases from B.
A buy go prepare -shew-a visit
B bytro-tro -photos-of-her seheel Kakum National Park a typical Ghanaian meal
sports equipment
1 Tomorrow, Marnie is going to show photos of her school to the children.
2 This evening, Kojo................................................................................... for Marnie.
3 At the weekend, Marnie................................................................................... to Accra.
4 In Accra, she................................................................................... for the children at the orphanage.
5 Next month, Marnie and Oily
8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Imagine you are

going to work as a volunteer in another
country. Prepare answers about your plans.
Then discuss the questions.
■ Where are you going to go?
How are you going to travel there?
What work are you going to do there?
Where are you going to stay?
How is your life going to change?
9C ■ Culture, vocabulary and grammar A new year
V \ siL
1 SPEAKING Match the photos to the countries. What are the people doing?
Scotland Japan Mexico
2 Read the text and check your answers to exercise 1.
L e t ’s celebrate!
W hat do you do a t New Year? We find ou t about New Year celebrations aro u n d the world.
Kyoko:
New Year is a very important time for us in Japan. At midnight, in shrines and temples around the country, bells
ring 108 times. This removes the evil from the New Year. Many people go to the famous tourist attraction, The
Watched Night Bell in Tokyo, to listen to the bells. We also visit our local Buddhist shrine or temple on New
Year’s Day. Some people wear traditional Japanese clothes for this ‘first visit' and we say special prayers for the
New Year. We always laugh when the New Year begins. This is because we believe that laughter will bring us
enjoyment and good luck throughout the year. We also send New Year postcards. We send the postcards in
December and the post office promises that they will deliver them on 1 January.
Alejandro:
ln Mexico, our New Year celebrations are noisy and fun! We often have parties with our families and friends,
and there are fireworks at midnight. We think about our achievements and our disappointments in the past
year and our predictions and hopes for the new year. Will we find love and happiness? We make a list of our
disappointments and burn it so that we won’t be unlucky in the new year. We have special decorations in our
house and wear certain colours to symbolize our wishes for the future. For example, red symbolizes love, yellow
symbolizes work and green symbolizes money. When the bell rings twelve times at midnight, we eat twelve
grapes and we make twelve wishes for the future.
Alistair:
We love celebrating New Year in Scotland. We have a lot of different kinds of entertainment: street parties,
fireworks and dances. In Edinburgh, we have a procession on 30 December. Then on 31 December, there is a
big ceilidh - a traditional Scottish dance. We have a tradition called ‘first footing'. The first person who comes
into your house after midnight on 31 December is very important. Traditionally, the first footer is always a tall,
dark-haired man. He brings special presents which mean we will have good luck and health in the new year. At
the beginning of the new yean many people sing the traditional song A u l d L a n g S y n e together. 1 and 2 January
are both holidays in Scotland, because we need two days to celebrate new year!
3 Read the text again and find out in which country (Japan, Mexico or Scotland) people:
1 sing a special song. ...................................................
2 listen to bells. ................................................... and
3 eat fruit.
4 perform a traditional dance.....................................................
5 wear special clothes. .............................................. and
6 send postcards.
7 have tw o days of holiday.
8 burn a piece o f paper.
4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Where would you like to spend New Year - Japan, Mexico or
Scotland? Give reasons for your choices. How do you celebrate New Year in your country?
insight Noun suffixes -ion and -ment

Underline and write the noun forms of these verbs in the text. They all end in -ion or -ment.
1 achieve ..................................................... 5 disappoint ................................................
2 attract ........... 6 enjoy .............................................
3 celebrate ..................................... 7 entertain ...............................................
4 decorate ............. 8 predict ...............................................
106 Changes
6 Choose the correct nouns in exercise 5 to complete these sentences.
1 What are your for next year? Will you be happy and successful?
2 The.............................................at the party was amazing.There was a great band and a magician.
3 I failed my driving test last year. It was a terrible..............................................
4 Josie won the singing competition. What an amazing....................................... !
5 We don't take down the Christmas before 6 January.
6 Big Ben is one of the most famous tourist in London.
7 Use the suffixes -ion or -m ent to make these verbs into nouns. Then check your answers in
a dictionary.
1 educate 4 donate
2 govern 5 amuse
3 inform 6 pay
w ill: p re d ic tio n s
8 Underline and complete these sentences from the text.

1 Laughter................................................................................................ us enjoyment and good luck.
2 They............................................................................................... them on 1 January.
3 ........... w e ................................................ love and happiness?
4 We unlucky in the new year.
9 Study the sentences in exercise 7. Then choose the correct options to complete
the rules.
a We use will/won'tXo describe future plans / predictions,
b After w ill/ won't we use the infinitive w ith / w ith out to.
Reference and practice 9 2 Workbook page 128
10 Complete these predictions with the correct form of w ill and the verbs in brackets.
Alejandro’s predictions for next year

1 My family (sell) our car and we (ride) bikes or we
(take) public transport.
2 My brother (get) a new job, but he (not leave) home.
3 My friends (do) really well in their end-of-term exams.
4 I (not stay) in Mexico, but I (get) a job in China.
5 I (visit) my relatives in Bolivia and Peru, but I
(not travel) to Brazil.
STRATEGY
Revising vocabulary
It is important to revise new vocabulary. Here are some simple ways to revise and test yourself.
Write words and their definitions on separate cards. Then match the words to the definitions.
Make a recording of yourself saying new vocabulary. Listen to it once or twice a week.
■ Write sentences with new vocabulary, but leave a gap for the new word. Swap your sentences with
your friends. Can they guess the missing words?
■ Use new words in your speaking and writing.
11 Read the strategy. Then choose five new words from this unit and write them on cards.
Write their definitions on different cards. Exchange your cards with another student.
Can your partner match the words to the definitions?
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. What are your predictions and resolutions for next year?
Make a list of six predictions. Use the ideas below. Are any the same?
■ your school ■ your family
your home your friends
Changes 107
9D ■ Listening, speaking and vocabulary A new business
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the website below and discuss the business ideas. Which ideas:
■ would you like to do?
will / won't be successful?
2 2.29 Listen to the interview with Abi. Which idea from exercise 1 did she have? Was it
successful?
3 2.29 Listen again and put the events in the correct order.
1 They made a Facebook page to advertise their designs.............
2 They searched for different designs online.............
3 They talked to their mentor
4 They designed free websites for local businesses.............
5 They did some research to discover the best price..... 1
6 They made sample website designs and showed them to local businesses.
7 They sold their website designs to local businesses and people at school.
8 Local businesses didn't like their designs.............
4 2.29 We can combine a verb with another word to make a new verb with a new
meaning, for example get up. This is a phrasal verb. Listen to the interview again. Complete
the phrasal verbs from the interview with the words below.
ahead for out(x2) together ■ up (x2) up with
1 Students come .......................... an original idea.

2 They set .......................... and manage a business together.
3 We wanted to find about prices.
4 You worked the best price.
5 We put some sample website designs.
6 We didn't give !
7 We looked different design ideas online.
8 We went and designed free websites for four local companies.
5 Match the phrasal verbs in exercise 4 to the definitions below.

1 sta rt/o rg a n iz e ............... . 5 produce............
2 continue............... 6 stop /surrender
3 calculate.......................................................... 7 think o f .............
4 discover........................................................... 8 search...............
6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Think of a business idea. You can use one from exercise 1 or your
own ideas. Discuss the points below.
1 Come up with an idea or product to sell. 4 Where will you look for ideas?
2 Come up with a name for your business. 5 How will people find out about your products?
3 Work out the best price for your product.
108 Changes
T a lk in g on th e p h o n e
7 SPEAKING Discuss the questions in pairs.

What do you use your phone for?
When do you use your phone most?
How many phone numbers can
you remember?
How many phone numbers can
your phone remember?
Do you use your phone to get
information? How do you get
the information?
8 m 2.30 Listen to the

dialogue. Do you think it is
formal or informal?
Giving / Asking fo r your nam e A pologizing

1 4
...Sarah? Jack, she's not here.

.... Jack.
Asking to speak to som eone O ffe rin g to give a message

5
Can 13.................................... Sarah, please?
to leave a message?
6
...................................... her
you called.
10 2.31 Put the dialogue into the correct order. Then listen and check.
1 Receptionist Good morning, Golden Sands Activity Centre.
Tessa This is Tessa Grey.
Tessa Hello, could you put me through to Mr Harris, please?
Tessa Thank you.
Receptionist 01227 847522. Yes, no problem, I'll give him the message.
L Receptionist Goodbye.
Receptionist Who's calling, please?
Tessa Yes please. Could you ask him to call me on 01227 847522?
Receptionist Just a moment, Ms Grey. I'm afraid Mr Harris isn't at his desk.
Can I take a message?
11 Read the dialogue again. Underline more phrases for giving or asking for information on
the phone.
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Read the instructions below and prepare a dialogue. Use exercises
9 and 10 to help you.
Student A Answer the phone.
Student B Ask to speak to someone.
Student A Say that the person isn't there. Ask who is calling.
Student B Give your name.
Student A Offer to take a message.
Student B Give your number and a message.
Student A Promise to give the message and say goodbye.
Student B Say goodbye.
Vocabulary bank On the phone: phrasal verbs page 134
Changes 109
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions
m
about your plans for the summer. Use the phrases
below. Hi Tom,
■ decorate your room ■ do voluntary work Thanks fo r your last email. 1was really sorry to hear about your
go away on holiday learn a musical instrument broken leg. How are you now? Can you play football again?
■ play sport ■ stay at home ■ visit friends and relatives 1w ent to an amazing football match last weekend w ith my dad.
M y favourite team, Brighton and Hove Albion, played against
A r e y o u q o in q t o g o a w a y o n h o lid a y ?
Chelsea. M y team lost, but 1still really enjoyed the game.
Y e s , I a m . I 'm g o in g t o 9 0 t o B a r c e lo n a w i t h m y c o u s in s .
Your holiday plans sound fantastic! Are you going to stay with
friends in Hong Kong? 1hope you like hot weather, because it's
2 Read the email opposite and find the answers to
very hot and humid in Hong Kong in August!
these questions.
M y summer holiday is going to be very different this year. 1
1 Who has a broken leg? usually go to the Lake District w ith my fam ily in July, but this
2 Who won the football match? year my friend Sally and 1are going to go to France. We're going
3 Where is Tom going to go in August? to take the Eurostar to Paris and then we're going to stay with
4 Who is going to go to France? my aunt fo r a week. She's got a small apartment in the centre o f
Paris. She's going to take us to a rt galleries and museums, but
5 Where does Jade's aunt live?
we're also going to do some shopping! 1can't wait!
6 What is Jade going to do in August?
I'm going to be very busy in August because I've got a job
at the sports centre. I'm going to teach tennis at a summer
Informal language for emails camp there. The salary isn't great, but 1think it w ill be fun.
3 Read the email again and underline where Jade: W rite again soon!
1 shows sympathy for Tom. Lots o f love,
2 asks about Tom’s health. Jade
3 shows excitement about Tom's holiday plans. PS Don't forget to take lots o f photos in Hong Kong!
4 shows excitement about her own plans.

5 asks Tom to send another email to her.
6 adds an extra sentence at the end o f the letter.
STRATEGY
M aking yo u r w ritin g personal
_ 0 n i a o E a __________
1V_|cp
rJ v_ pytra
C A ll a infnrmatinn
I lllU lllia ilV J II , nnpctinnc
IjU C O llU I id aand
i IU dptsik
UCICIIIO to II Id AC \/mir
yuui
writing more personal and interesting. Hi Jade
Ask questions about the person you are w riting to. Thanks for your email.
Ask about things they mentioned in their last email / letter. (Ask a question about her trip to Paris or her job)
Ask what they did last week / month.
Ask what they are going to do.
Describe past events. 1had a great weekend. 1went to the cinema with my
Say what you did. friend.
Say who you were with. (What did you see? Did you enjoy it? Why?)
Say why you enjoyed / didn't enjoy it.
Describe plans.
■ Say where you are going to go. Next month my brother and 1are going to visit our
■ Describe how you are going to get there. friends in Scotland.
■ Say what you are going to see and do.
(Where are you going to stay? What are you going to
do there? How are you going to get there?)
4 Read the strategy. Then complete Tom’s email to Jade
to make it more personal. Use the ideas in brackets.
5 Exchange your completed emails with a partner.

How did your partner make the email personal? Lots of love
Tom
110 Changes
WRITING GUIDE
■ Task Write an informal email to a friend about your Paragraph 2: Write about what you did last weekend.
plans for the summer. You can write about your real Paragraph 3: Write about your plans for the summer.
plans or you can use the ideas in exercise 1. Finish your letter with a personal comment or question.
■ Ideas Make notes about your plans for the summer ■ Write Write your email. Use the strategy, your ideas
and think of ways to make your email more personal. and plan to help you. Remember to include informal
language and a variety of tenses.
■ Plan Use Jade's email as a model. Organize your
ideas into paragraphs. ■ Check Check your spelling, grammar and punctuation
Paragraph 1: Begin with questions about your friend
and h is /h e r plans.
Review 9
1 Complete the sentences with words for describing 4 Complete the text with the correct form of going to
people. and the verbs in brackets.
1 My hair isn't straight, it's c.................................. Olympic swimmer Rebecca Adlington is only in her
2 Amy has to wear g now. tw enties, b u t she 1 (retire). She
3 Paul's got red hair and f ....................... 2 (not swim) in any more races.
4 They look t. from their holiday. So, w h a t3 she (do)? She
5 She isn't really blonde. She's got d........................... 4 (work) w ith sports teachers.
h.................................. Together, they 5 (teach)
6 My grandad hasn't got any hair. He's children to swim. I t 6 (not be)
b.................................. easy, b u t Rebecca's team 7 (not
7 I'm not thin. I'm a bit o stop) until they achieve their goal.
8 He doesn't shave. He's got a b..................................
Marks /7
Marks /8
5 Complete the text with w ill or w on't and the verbs.
2 Complete the sentences with nouns ending in
not be build do fly not have live open
the correct suffix -ion or ment. The nouns can be
not stay
singular or plural.
1 The charity will use the d....................... to build 2020 A s tro n a u ts 1 t o t h e m o o n a g a in ,
a school. b u t th e y 2 th e r e . F or a m o n th ,
2 It was a great d....................... for us to lose the final. th e y 3 e x p e rim e n ts t o see if
3 Your p....................... about the results were correct. h u m a n s ca n liv e th e re .
4 Her greatest a was winning gold. 2030 NASA 4 a base o n t h e m o o n . It

5 f o r o r d in a r y p e o p le , o n ly f o r
5 I don't see the a of horror movies.
s cie n tists.
6 The g..................... is going to have an election.
Marks 76 2040 P e o p le 6 in a s m a ll v illa g e o n th e
m o o n . B u t th e h o u s e s 7 g a rd e n s .
3 Complete the sentences with a verb to make correct 2050 A h o te l f o r to u ris ts 8 o n th e m o o n .
phrasal verbs.
Marks /8
1 We looked online to out the address.
2 Can you out the cost o f the trip? 6 Complete the sentences with the correct form of going
3 Did yo u ....................... up with any new ideas? to or will. Use the information in brackets to help you.
4 up chocolate to lose weight. 1 W hat....................... study at university? (plan)
5 I can't find my keys. Can you for them? 2 I'm not sure. Perhaps study medicine,
6 My uncle's going t o ......................up a company. (prediction)
7 Let's together a photo album for Mum. 3 I won’t have much money so leave
8 We'll....................... ahead with the meeting home, (prediction)
tomorrow. 4 I know what I want to do. bean
Marks 78 engineer, (plan)
5 But stay in this country, (plan)
6 Where work? (plan)
7 live in Canada for a few years, (plan)
8 If I like it there,....................... come back! (prediction)
Explore
Reading and vocabulary Tourists ... Who wants them?
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Where do you usually go

on holiday? What do you do when you are there?
2
Do you enjoy it?
Holiday places
2.32 Match the places to the pictures. Then
Tourism - the pros and cons
listen, check and repeat.
beach bed and breakfast camper van campsite
caravan ı coast harbour island lake river
: May
■ ski resort ■ temple theme park ■ tower ı volcano
: Ban Talae Nok, Thailand
•
waterfall
• In some parts of Thailand,
: tourism hasn’t been good
: for the local people. Big
• companies have built hotels and
5 • made lots of money, but villagers
: on the coast have lost their traditional
: way of life. In Ban Talae Nok, we have a different type
• of tourism. People stay with our families and learn
• about our way of life. It’s very different from their life
io • : at home! We teach them to fish, to cook with local
: Thai ingredients and to paint batiks, our traditional
• colourful cloths. They can go swimming or canoeing in
• the sea or play football with us on our beautiful beach.
: They love being on holiday here and we can use their
is money for education and environmental projects.
•
3 Put the places in exercise 2 in the correct category. Mahfoud
Zanzibar, Tanzania
1 historical monuments 3 places to stay
2 natural places 4 places in my town I take tourists on short
cruises in my traditional
dhow boat. We start at the
4 2.33 Test your knowledge! Complete the
harbour and go to beautiful
sentences with the words in exercise 2 and these coral reefs and a beach with
countries.Then listen and check. tortoises. The tourists love Zanzibar
Australia Egypt France Greece India Italy and I enjoying meeting people from around the
■ the USA ■ Venezuela world. But there's one big problem with tourism on
our island: water. Tourists like swimming pools and
1 There are Disneyland ...................sin France, long showers. The hotels use a lot of clean drinking
China, Japan a nd............................... water and local people haven’t got enough. We
2 The Red Sea..............................in ............................... sometimes get dangerous diseases from dirty water
is a popular place for holidays. We want tourists here, but we want a fair share of
the safe drinking water too.
3 Sydney.................... in is
famous for its opera house and its bridge.
4 Mount Vesuvius is a ..............................near the city
o f Naples in ...............................
5 Angel Falls in is the world's highest
6 The Parthenon is a fam ous.............................on the

Acropolis in Athens,...............................
7 Sri Lanka is a n ..............................near the south coast
o f ...............................
8 The Eiffel in sells
more tickets than any other monument in the world.
5 Read the text. Match the people to photos A-D.
Explore
Vocabulary: holiday places; prepositions of place in, on and at, American Speaking: travel and tourism; life experiences; questions about holidays:
English: travel collocations tourist information
Grammar: present perfect, present perfect with ever and never Writing: a profile
6 Read the text again. What pros and cons of tourism

do the people talk about? Make two lists.
Pros Co ns
use money for education hotels use a lot of
and environmental projects clean water
Lama Pasang
Himalayas, Nepal insight Prepositions of place: in, on and at
I live in Nepal, in the highest
7 Study the highlighted words in the text. Do we use
mountain range in the world,
the Himalayas. A lot of tourists the preposition in, on or a t with them? Add them to
come to my village on their treks these lists.
because there’s a famous Buddhist in: the countryside,...........................................................
temple here. I like talking with the tourists and
practising my English. But they leave a lot of plastic
on: a farm,.
bottles and other rubbish on the mountains and they
don’t respect our traditions. We don't have electricity
in the village, so hotels and restaurants use a lot of
firewood for cooking and heating water for the visitors. at: school,
The villagers need firewood too and every year it
becomes more difficult to find.
8 Complete the text about Venice with in, on or at.
Lia
Bukit Lawang, Indonesia
A lot of rainforest in
Indonesia has disappeared
because local people want
to grow palm trees on the land.
They are poor and they can sell
palm oil for a good price. But tourism
is a better way to make money. My village, Bukit I live 1 Italy,2 the
Lawang, is in the west of the country and it’s one of beautiful city of Venice. It's 3 117
the only places on the planet with wild orangutans. different islands and it's got 177 canals! It's one of
Tourists come here to see them. They spend money the most popular places 4 the world
in my restaurant and at the market. They stay in bed for tourists. About 30 million people come here
and breakfasts in the village and local guides take 5 holiday every yean They spend a
them into the rainforest. People here don’t want to lot of money 6 the hotels, shops and
lose the rainforest because without it there’ll be no
restaurants in Venice, but they cause problems too.
orangutans and no money from tourists. Tourism
Their cruise ships make big waves and damage the
protects the rainforest better than conservation
laws can. canals and old buildings 7 the south
and west of the city. Because of tourism, houses
and food are very expensive for Venetians. Many
families are moving to other places 8
the Italian coast. Every year there are fewer people
9.......................my school. It's very sad.
9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Add the information

about Venice in exercise 8 to your lists of pros and
cons in exercise 6. Then discuss these questions.
■ Is tourism a good thing? Why / why not?
Do many tourists come to your country? Why / why
not?
Make a list of the pros and cons of tourism in your
country. Is tourism good or bad for your country?
■ Are you a good or bad tourist when you are on
holiday? How can you be a better tourist?
Explore
1 0B ■ Grammar and listening Adventure
m m sr\
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the photos and choose the correct words.
1 Roz Savage made her journey in a cruise ship / sailing boat / rowing boat.
2 She had problems with flying squid / sharks / whales.
2 Read the newspaper article and check your answers to exercise 1. Which oceans
has Roz rowed across? How long was she at sea? How far did she travel?
3 SPEAKING Would you like to go on a journey like Roz's? Why /w h y not?
A D V EN TU R ER ROW S TH E O CEA N S
Roz Savage hasn’t rowed in the Olympics and she She’s seen some amazing wildlife in the oceans.
hasn’t won any important races. But this British Lots of dolphins, whales and turtles have swum
rower has done something unique in her sport. She near her boat. There have also been some sharks,
has become the first woman to row alone across the but luckily they haven’t attacked. In fact, the scariest
world’s three biggest oceans: the Atlantic, Pacific and animals are the Hying squid. They aren’t dangerous,
Indian Oceans. but they jump out of the water, fly about 3 m above
It hasn’t been easy. During her 500 days and nights the sea, and land suddenly on the boat. Their black
alone at sea, some important pieces of equipment ink makes a terrible mess.
have broken: her mobile, her water maker, her cooker, Her journey has taken her through the Great Pacific
and four oars. She’s travelled through 7 m waves, and Garbage Patch. This is an area of ocean bigger than
her boat has capsized a few times. Twice, people have France and Germany with a lot of plastic rubbish. It’s
rescued her and brought her back to safety. But all very dangerous for wildlife. But she has also been to
these problems haven’t stopped her. Roz has travelled nicer places, including the countries of Kiribati in the
24,000 km in a 7 rn long rowing boat and survived. Pacific Ocean and Papua New Guinea.
Roz is now having a rest in Mauritius at the end of
P re se n t p e rfe c t a ffir m a tiv e a n d n e g a tiv e : re g u la r ve rb s
4 Underline and complete these sentences from the newspaper article.

They all include examples of the present perfect tense.
1 Roz Savage in the Olympics, (paragraph 1)
2 She...........................................................through 7m waves (paragraph 2)
3 Twice, people...................................................................her. (paragraph 2)
4 All these problems........................................................... her. (paragraph 2)
5 Choose the correct words to complete the rules. Use the sentences in exercise 4 to help you.
Use
a We use the present perfect tense to talk about experiences. We say / don't say when the events
happened.
Form
b We form the present perfect tense with the present simple form of have / be + past participle,
c The past participle of regular verbs is the same as their past simple / present simple form.
114 Explore
10B
6 Complete the sentences. Use the present perfect form of the verb in brackets.
1 I ............................ (not talk) to Roz Savage but I ..............................(look) at her website.
2 She............................ (study) at Oxford University.
3 She............................ (work) in London, including a jo b at a bank.
4 She and some friends (discover) Inca ruins in the forests of Peru.
5 She (compete) in marathons, but she (not finish) in first place.
6 She (use) different boats for her ocean journeys. The boats
(not last) very long in the big ocean waves.
7 She............................ (not row) across the Arctic Ocean because there's a lot of ice there.
8 The National Geographic Magazine............................ (name) her'Adventurer o f the Year'.
P re se n t p e rfe c t a ffir m a tiv e a n d n e g a tiv e : irre g u la r ve rb s
7 Match the irregular past participles highlighted in the newspaper article to these verbs.
Which two verbs have this same past participle?
be become break do go see ■ swim take win
Irregular verb list Workbook page 126
8 Complete the profile. Use the present perfect form of

the verbs in exercise 7. Two of the verbs are negative.
One of the greatest swimmers on the planet is Martin

Strel from Slovenia. He 1 part
in the Olympics and he 2 many
famous races, but h e 3 some
amazing things in his sport. He 4
the Danube (2,860 km), the Mississippi (3,885 km),
the Yangtze (4,003 km) and the Amazon (5,268 been and gone
km) rivers. These journeys 5 lots go has two past participles: been and gone.
of world records, and Strel 6 We use been to say someone has
famous. But he 7 very lucky. returned from a journey.
People 8 lots of piranhas, Andy has been to Italy. (He is back now.)
sharks and crocodiles in the Amazon, but Strel We use gone to say someone has not
9 through these dangerous returned.
waters without any problems. Andy has gone to Italy. (He is still in Italy.)
9 2.34 Listen to Sophie and Paul. What does Sophie want to do? Does Paul want to do it too?
10 2.34 Listen again and choose the correct words.

1 Sophie has read / watched a film about long cycling trips.
2 Amaya and Eric have travelled 12,000 /120,000 km by bike.
3 They've been to nineteen / ninety-three countries.
4 They have / haven't been to every continent on the planet.
5 They've cycled from Europe to South America / South Africa.
6 They've done a lot of cam ping/skiing.
7 They've spent six months / years on their bikes.
8 They've had problems with the cars on the road / weather.
9 They've had a really bad day in a desert / rainforest.
10 They've seen / climbed the Andes Mountains.
11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Tell your partner six surprising facts about your life experiences
including three that are not true. Your partner guesses which are false. Use the present
perfect form of these verbs or your own ideas.
be break ı climb cycleı go have: learn see.:swim win
No, it's true. I've been to Egypt on

a family holiday. Now it's your turn. I haven't learned to swim.
-------------------------------------------------
Explore
1 0C ■ Culture, vocabulary and grammar Travel USA
' V \ y<L
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Answer the questions in the USA quiz.

DmGJEE
: OR FALSE? 2 Read the blog post. Check your answers to the quiz in exercise 1. Are any of the
answers surprising?
New York is nearer to
Moscow than to Hawaii. 3 Read the blog post again and choose the best state for these tourists.
The world’s hottest place 1 I like exploring under the sea......................................................
is in the USA. 2 I love empty, isolated places......................................................
California is bigger than 3 I'm interested in UFOs.................................................
Germany! 4 I love wildlife and theme parks.
There aren't any coral 5 I like places with lots of interesting geographical features...................................................
islands or rainforests in 6 I'd like to know more about the history o f the USA......................................................
the USA. 7 I want to see traditional dances. I hate boats and planes....................................................
Surfing started in 8 I love unusual museums, tours and trips......................................................
the USA in Florida.
There are polar bears 4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions at the end of the blog post.
in Wyoming. Discuss the questions below.
1 Do a lot of people in your country go abroad on holiday? Where do they go?
2 Do you think the writer should go to other countries? Why / why not?
3 Which places do you want to visit? Why?
Staycations in the USA

When a recent survey asked Americans 'Have you ever been outside the USA?'. 40% of us answered 'No,
we haven't' Only 35% of us have got a passport - compare that with 75% of people in the UK. But do
our stay-at-home travel habits make us unadventurous or stupid? Of course not! The USA is about the
same size as Europe, so it takes a long time to explore. I love travel and adventure, but I've never left
mv own country because there's so much to see here. Have you ever visited these states? They're my
favourite states for a vacation.
10
Wyoming: Yellowstone National Park is here, with its famous geyser, Old Faithful. The geyser throws hot
water 40 meters into the sky every 90 minutes. It's amazing! You can also go to Wind River Reservation
and enjoy the exerting dancing, powerful drumming and colourful clothes of a Native American pow-wow.
California: California is bigger than Germany. It's got everything: from beach towns to ski resorts,
u
and from toy museums to tours to look for alien spaceships. My favourite places have been Hollywood's
Chinese Movie Theater Death Valley (it's the world's hottest place!), and an underground rafting trip in
an old gold mine.
15 Alaska: Alaska is the USAs biggest state. There aren't many here people because it has very long, cold
winters, but it's a great place for wildlife and adventure sports. You can go climbing and whale watching.
I've never seen Alaska's polar bears, but I hope I'll see them next month. I'm going to drive a dog sled into
the Arctic Circle.
Hawaii: These Pacific islands are further from my apartment in New York than Moscow! They've got
20 fantastic volcanoes, rainforests, waterfalls, sandy beaches and rocky coasts. I love Hawaiian traditions
like le i flower necklaces and h u la dancing, and my favourite sport started in Hawaii hundreds of years
ago ... surfing!
Massachusetts: The name of this little state means 'Great Hill' in a Native American language. In the
fall, the bright colours of the leaves on the trees are very beautiful. The USA's fight for independence from
25 Britain started here in the eighteenth century, in Boston. I've done some really interesting historical tours
of the city.
Florida: Florida's Everglades have got amazing wildlife, like alligators, cougars and manatees. Disney
World in the city of Orlando is fun too - it's the world's most popular theme park. But my favourite place
is the Florida Keys, a group of coral islands. The scuba diving there is amazing!
30 What about you? Have you seen many interesting places in your country?
Have you ever traveled abroad? Which countries have you visited?
STRATEGY
Recognizing varieties of English
Different varieties of English, such as British, American, Australian and Indian each have different words
and expressions. The British keep their clothes in a wardrobe, but the Americans use a closet. There
are also differences in spelling: travelled in British English and traveled in American English. A good
dictionary will tell you what variety o f English a word is. Make a note of this when you record the word
in your vocabulary notebook.
116 Explore
10C
insight American English
2.35 The blog post on page 116 is in American English. Match the highlighted words in
the blog post to these British English words with the same meaning. Then listen and check.
autumn cinema flat holiday
2.36 Use your dictionary to match the American English words to the British English
words. Then listen and check.
■ candy ■ eraser ■ fries ■ garbage ■ pants ■ soccer ■ sweater ■ yard
chips■ football ■ garden ■ ju m p e rs rubbers rubbish ■ sweets trousers
7 Complete the sentences. Use American English words in the blog post and in exercise 6.
1 Put on a w a rm .........................You're only wearing a T-shirt and short.........................
2 Let's see something scary at the tonight.
3 Would you like with your chicken?
4 My house has only got a small ........ so we can't play in it.
5 We had a fantastic in California. We stayed in a n ........................
6 Summer is hot in Chicago. I prefer the cooler weather in th e ........................
P re se n t p e rfe c t: q u e s tio n s a n d s h o rt answ ers
8 Read the examples and complete the rules.

Have you seen many interesting places in your country?' 'Yes, I have.'
Has your brother been abroad?' Ho, he hasn't.'
a We make present perfect questions with / + subject + past
participle.
b We make present perfect short answers with Yes + subject + have / has or No + subject +
......................../ ..........................
9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Complete the questions. Use the present perfect question form of
these verbs. Then answer the questions.
■ go have■ m eet■ organize*teach
2 ............your parents....................... ..jobs in other countries?..................................

3 ............ your English teacher.......... ............. you any other languages?...........................
4 .... you and your friends.. .....on holiday together?...
5 vour school trins to Fnnlish-sneakinn countries?
| P re se n t p e rfe c t w ith e v e r a n d n e v e r
10 Look at the underlines sentences in the blog post. Choose the correct words to complete the
rules.
We often use everand never with the present perfect to talk about experiences,
a We use ever in questions / affirmative sentences. Have you ever travelled abroad?
b nevergives a sentence a(n) affirmative / negative meaning. I’ve never travelled abroad.
c everand never go before / after the past participle. Have you ever visited these states?
11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions with the present perfect with ever and
never. Use the ideas below.
1 go to another country 3 learn to ride a horse 5 cycle more than 20 km in one day
2 sleep in a campsite 4 swim in a river 6 win a competition
Have you ever been to another country?

Yes, I Have. I've been to France.
Explore 117
1 0 D ■ Listening, speaking and vocabulary Trans-Siberian
1 SPEAKING What is your favourite form of transport? Do you like travelling by train?
W hy/w hy not? _______
TRAVEL ITINERARY
2 2.37 Listen and complete
Matt's travel itinerary. MATT HIGGINS
I J u ly T rain leaves fro m 1
3 J u ly Train a rriv e s in 2
3 - 5 J u ly 2 n ig h ts in S tra v in s k y 3
I I J u ly Train a rriv e s in 4
.5
N u m b e r o f n e w c o u n trie s :
..u.:
II uM
‘ j,
/V
STRATEGY
Taking notes
When you listen, don't write everything somebody says as you won't have time and you might
miss something important. Instead, write notes and use them to write full sentences later.
To write notes only write the keys ideas and words, e.g. a number, a verb, a noun or an adjective.
When you have finished listening, use your notes to write full sentences.
3 2.37 Read the strategy. Why has Matt decided to travel by train? There are five reasons.
Listen again and take notes. Then write your notes as full sentences for each reason.
S 3 Travel collocations
4 2.38 Match the verbs (1-7) to the nouns (a-g) to make travel collocations. Then listen,
check and repeat.
1 catch / miss a your holiday
2 book b your bag
3 buy c abroad / away
4 stay d a postcard
5 pack e the train
6 send f souvenirs
7 go 9 in a hotel
5 2.39 Complete the travel advice with the collocations in exercise 4. Then listen and check.
T 1 early to get the best price.

Travel 2 Write a list before you . You don’t want to leave
anything at home.
3 Get to the train station early so you don’t
Advice 4 When you , sit next to the window and enjoy
the view.
5 with good food and a view of the beach.
6 When you , respect the local traditions.
7 Don’t at the first shop. Look fo r the best bargains.
8 to your friends and tell them your holiday news.
118 Explore
6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Talk about your holidays using the travel collocations in exercise 4.
Which things do you do on holiday? Which have you never done?
l don't stay in hotels on holiday. We usually My family always stays in hotel when we go on
stay on a campsite. What about you? holiday. I like chilling out by the swimming pool.
Vocabulary bank Holidays: phrasal verbs page 135
T o u ris t in fo rm a tio n
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the photos.

Where are these places? Do you know their names?
8 2.40 Listen to the dialogue. Are the people

talking about the place in photo A or photo B?
9 2.40 Complete the phrases from the dialogue.

Then listen again and check.
Asking fo r in fo rm atio n Asking fo r perm ission

I'd1 some information a b o u t... 5 take photos?
2 dim e does it open /close? Is6 possible t o ... ?
H o w 3....................................do tickets cost, please?
Is there a discount4...................................students? Giving o r refusing perm ission
Yes,7.................................. course.
8 afraid not.
10 2.41 Complete the dialogue with questions A-E. Then listen and check.
A Is there a discount for students? D Can I help you?
B How much do tickets cost, please? E What time does it open?
C Is it possible to have lunch inside?
Tourist officer Hello.1
Matt Yes, please. I'd like some information about visits to the Kremlin.
2
Tourist officer It opens at ten o'clock and closes at five o'clock. It doesn't open on Thursdays.
Matt 3
Tourist officer 350 rubles.

4
Matt
Tourist officer Yes, there is. Students and children pay 100 rubles.
Matt Can we go up the tower?
Tourist officer Yes, o f course. Those tickets are more expensive. They're 250 rubles for students, but
there's a great view from the top.
Matt OK.5 ...................................................................
Tourist officer Sorry, there isn't a cafe.
11 Read the dialogue again. Underline the ways of asking for permission and giving or refusing
permission. How does the tourist officer offer to help?
12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Study the table and role-play these dialogues using phrases from
exercises 9 and 10.
Role play 1 Student A asks Great Wall of China Forbidden City
questions about the Great Wall of Price Adults 45 yuan, Adults 60 yuan,
China. Student B answers Student A's students 25 yuan students 20 yuan
questions.
Hours 6.40 a.m. to 630 p.m. 830 a.m. to 5.00 p.m.
Role play 2 Student B asks
questions about the Forbidden city. Guided tours / /
Student A answers Student B's Cafe X /
questions. Stay the night / X
Explore 119
1 Read the profile of Simon Reeve. Do you think you would like to watch his TV programmes?
W hy/ why not?
My hero: 'K My hero is the TV presenter Simon Reeve. Simon was born
in 1972 and grew up in London. When he left school, he
Simon Reeve got a job at a newspaper and soon he started writing news
stories. It was the start of a successful media career.
Simon has made a lot of interesting TV travel programmes. He has been to more
than 110 countries, so he's met a lot of different people and animals. He has had
fishing lessons from the President of Moldova, been hunting with an African tribe and
eaten sheep's eyeballs.
He has also written great books about his travels and on more serious subjects
like terrorism. He has had malaria and works hard to protect other people from the
disease. He also does a lot of work for the environmental charity WWF (World Wide
Fund for Nature).
I really admire Simon Reeve because his programmes show you amazing places and
also teach you about the lives of ordinary people around the world. A lot of people
don’t leave their hotel when they go abroad, so they don't learn much about where
they are. Simon shows us a more interesting way to travel and learn about the world.
2 Underline all the past participles in the profile. Which are irregular?
L in k in g w o rd s : so a n d b e c a u s e
3 Underline the sentences in the profile with so and because. Which word introduces a reason?
Which word introduces a result? Choose the correct word.
1 I really admire Simon Reeve because his programmes show you amazing places, re a s o n / r e s u lt
2 A lot o f people don't leave their hotel when they go abroad, so they don't learn much about
where they are. re a s o n / r e s u lt
4 Complete the sentences with so or because.

1 Simon didn’t grow up in a rich fam ily,.................................. he didn't go on expensive holidays.
2 Simon couldn't go to university.................................. he didn't do well in his exams at school.
3 Simon was first on TV he knew a lot about travelling.
4 He got malaria he forgot to take the right medicine.
5 Mogadishu in Somalia is a very dangerous city Simon was frightened.
6 He was scared on the roads in India people didn't drive very carefully.
7 The Burmese government didn't want him in Burma,...................................he went there secretly.
8 He travels a lo t,...................................he doesn't spend much time at home in London.
STRATEGY
Choosing the right tense
Use the p r e s e n t s im p le for routines and situations in the present.
Use the p a s t s im p le for events at a definite time in the past, e.g. last year or when I was younger.
Use the p r e s e n t p e r f e c t to talk about experiences. We don't know when it happened or the time
isn't important.
5 Read the strategy. Then read Simon Reeve's profile again and underline three examples of
each of the three tenses above.
6 Complete these sentences about Jo's travels with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1 Jo....................... (eat) snakes in Vietnam, but at home in London she........................ (eat) pasta.
2 Jo....................... (go) to Iran in 2012 and she........................ (visit) friends in Turkey two months ago.
3 Jo....................... (climb) Mount Everest and she........................ (swim) from France to Britain.
4 Jo (love) adventure and (go) on lots of exciting holidays.
5 Jo (never see) a tiger in the wild but she .(see) lots of lions.
6 Jo (take) some beautiful wildlife photographs last summer
120 Explore
WRITING GUIDE
■ Task Write a profile of your hero or heroine. ■ Plan Organize your ideas into paragraphs.
■ Ideas Choose a hero or heroine who is alive today Paragraph 1: short introduction, early life
and make notes about their life. Paragraph 2: main achievements
Paragraph 3: other work and achievements
1 n a m e /jo b
Paragraph 4: summary: why you admire them
2 year o f birth / early life / education
3 first jo b /ca re e r ■ Write Write your profile. Use the strategy, your ideas
4 achievements / experiences / charity work and plan to help you. Remember to use linking words.
5 why you admire them
1 Choose the correct words to complete the text. 4 Complete the text with the present perfect form of
the verbs below.
Maine is a state 1in / on / at the north-east of the
USA. Many Americans go there 2in / on / at holiday climb not cross donate not forget have hear
to eat seafood, especially lobsters. Most people eat help plan run sail say not stop walk
the lobsters 3in / on / at restaurants 4in / on / at the
1 ................... you ever......................... of Sir Ranulph
coast, but others cook them 5in / on / at home. You
Fiennes? Sir Ranulph is a famous British explorer He
can buy them 6in / on / at the harbour market
2 to the North and the South Poles and
7in / on / at Portland. The market is near the airport
he 3 up the River Nile. Sir Ranulph is nearly
and some people take the live lobsters home
8in / on / at the plane. I hope they never escape! seventy years old now and he 4 a lot of
health problems. In 2003, he had a heart operation, but
Marks /8 th a t5 him. Since then, he 6
Mount Everest and he 7 a lot of marathons
2 Replace the American English word in each sentence for charity. Sir Ranulph 8 many different
with the British English equivalent. organizations. People 9 more than £14
1 He's bought a new apartment. million to charity because of his work. Now, Sir Ranulph is
2 Can you take out the garbage? ....................... going on a new expedition because he 10
3 Do you want ketchup on your fries? the Antarctic in the winter. His d o c to r11 he
4 I need some new pants. can go. His team 12....................... the trip carefully and
5 Why don't you put on a sweater? they hope they 13 anything.
6 My parents are out in the yard.
7 Let's meet outside the movie theater. Marks 713
8 Classes start in the fall.
Marks 78 5 Complete the dialogue with the present perfect
form of the verbs in brackets.
3 Complete the sentences with verbs in the correct Ben 1....................... you ever........................(go) on an
tense. activity holiday, Mia?
1 1 ....................... my bag the night before I travel. Mia Yes, I 2........................ Many times.
2 We got up late, so we the train. Ben What sports3..................... you.......................(do)?
3 you ever a holiday Mia W ell,!4 (surf)and I
online? 5 (dive). But I
4 ...... yo u ........................your friends a 6 ...................... (not try) water skiing.
postcard when you go away? Ben Right. Is surfing easy?
5 1 never on a campsite. Mia Not really. 17.......................(fall) off the board
6 you any souvenirs while many times. My brother is better than I am.
you were in Peru? Ben Which sports8..................... he....................... (do)?
7 My dad often abroad on business. Mia H e9 (try) most sports. He’d like to
8 We flew to London and then w e ....................... the go kitesurfing, but h e 10 (have) time.
train to Brighton. Ben 11...................... he ever......................... (have) an
Marks 78 accident?
Mia No, h e 12........................ But he13
(see) a shark. And that was scary!
Marks /13 Total 745
Pronunciation insight 10 Workbook page 136 I Review 10

am rv \
L isten in g
1 2.42 Listen to five situations and choose the

correct answers.
How to
1 Listen to an announcement. What number is the
new gate?
a B7
beat the »
b BIO
c B28
2 Listen to a dialogue between two friends. What did
pickpockets
the boy do on holiday?
a do sport
b visit monuments
c sunbathe
3 Listen to a dialogue at a hotel reception. How many
nights is the man going to stay?
a one
b two
c three
4 Listen to a tour guide. What will the class do at the
last stop this afternoon?
a visit something
b buy something
c eat something I t’s v e r y e a s y to sp o t a to u rist
5 Listen to a dialogue in a taxi. Where is the passenger H e ’s th e o n e in a T-shirt,
staying? sh o r ts a n d s u n g la s s e s w ith a
a at the Hotel Hilton Paddington b a c k p a c k an d a g u id e b o o k
b at the Hotel Hilton Trafalgar in h is h a n d . B ut th is m a k e s
c at the Hotel Hilton Metropole to u r ists a ta r g e t for p e o p le
w h o w a n t to s te a l th eir
S p e a k in g m on ey. R ea d o n to fin d out
fiv e o f th e m o s t c o m m o n
2 Work in pairs. You are phoning an activity holiday tr ic k s th at p ic k p o c k e ts an d
centre to ask for some information. Prepare a th ie v e s u s e w h e n w e ’r e on holid ay.
dialogue.
Say why you are phoning. 1 .......................
Ask about which activities and sports you can do. Pickpockets often work in pairs, and this is one
■ Ask about the opening hours. of the methods they use. You’re walking along a
Ask about the price. is crowded street when the person in front of you
■ Ask about a group discount. suddenly stops.You don’t have time to react,
so you walk straight into them. While you’re
R ead in g apologizing, their partner is behind you taking
3 Skim-read the text and choose the correct summary. things from your bag.
a Tourists should always walk fast through city streets, 20 2
b Tourists should never stop to help other people, This is another trick used by pickpockets in
c Tourists should watch the people around them at all pairs. One of them comes out of a supermarket
times. after buying a lot of food. Suddenly, they drop it
4 Read the text. Match headings A-F to paragraphs on the ground, so you go over to help them pick
1-5. There is one extra heading that you do not need. 25 it up. While you're on your knees helping, their
A The helper
partner is going through your pockets, looking
B The dirty jacket
for your wallet.
C The lost tourists 3
D The human sandwich This often happens in train stations, and the
E The bus stop 30 thief works alone. You’re standing in front of the
F The shopping bag ticket machine when someone offers to explain
to you how it works. You give them the money
for a day pass and they put it in the machine for
you. When you get on the train, you find out that
122 Cum ulative review Units 1-10 Literature insight 5 Workbook page 100
v \ * *
G ram m ar and vo cab ulary
A great achievem ent
/
person in
the world to ski alone across Antarctica. But her
journey 2 easy. She 3
pull all of her equipment through the ice and
snow for 1,084 miles. She also had problems
with the lighters she used for cooking, because
they 4 . She only had 5
matches for the fifty-nine-day expedition, so she
was very 6 after that. But Felicity
says th a t7 thing was being alone.
She 8 another person for three
weeks and so she got very depressed. Some
mornings she just wanted to 9 up
and go home. Felicity is very happy about her
achievement, but she's also very tired. When she
gets home she's 10 a hot shower and
the thief has bought a single ticket, not a day 35 a good long rest.
pass, and he has taken the extra money.
4
1 a becomes b has become c have become
This trick is common in big squares and parks. 2 a hasn't been b not been c haven't been
A group of people come up to you and ask you 3 a has to b should c had to
for directions to a famous monument in the 40 4 a break b broke c broken
city. They get out a map so that you can show 5 a a few b a little c many
them the way. While you’re talking to them, 6 a care b careful c carefully
their hands are under the map exploring your 7 a worse b worst c the worst
pockets. 8 a didn't see b doesn't see c hasn't seen
5 9 a come b give c set
This trick is a clever one. You're happily 10 a having b will have c going to have
walking along when suddenly somebody stops
you and points at something. You are surprised W riting
to see something on your clothes. The same 6 Imagine you are on a guided tour of five European
person gets out a cloth and starts cleaning your 50 countries. You are in the third country. Write an
clothes. Unfortunately, you don’t realize that email to a friend telling her about the tour. Include
they’re taking everything out of your pockets at this information:
the same time.
■ where you are now
Next time you go sightseeing in a big which countries you have visited on your tour
city, remember to keep an eye open for 55 what you liked most about your visit
pickpockets. Now that you know some of their which countries you are going to visit later on your tour
tricks, perhaps you can spot them before they what you are looking forward to most
see you!
\ m r- m r ı
Vocabulary bank Welcome
t
C o u n trie s a n d n a tio n a litie s
1 Match the countries to the correct places on the map.

Argentina Australia Belgium Brazil ı Canada ■ China the Czech Republic ı Egypt ı France Germany
Hungary India Ireland ■Italy Japan Kenya Luxembourg Mexico Morocco the Netherlands
New Zealand Poland Russia Slovakia South Africa Spain nThailand Turkey the UK the USA
NORTH EUROI
AMERICA
AFRICA
SOUTH
AMERICA
4 Complete the sentences with the correct

nationalities.
1 Adrien is from Brussels. He's B_______an.
2 Mehmet is from Ankara. He'sT_____ ish.
3 Kaitlyn is from Ottawa. She's C_______ian.
2 Complete the table with the countries in exercise 1.
4 Phim is from Bangkok. She'sT_____.
Africa Asia Europe 5 Tomas is from Prague. He's C_______.
6 Ahmed is from Cairo. He's E_______ian.
7 Steffi is from Warsaw. She's P___ ish.
8 Diego is from Buenos Aires. He's A____________ ian.
9 Katia is from Bratislava. She's S____________ n.
10 Helena is from Amsterdam. She's D___ ch.
11 Vicente is from Mexico City. He's M_______an.
12 Amani is from Nairobi. He's K_______n.
13 Marika is from Budapest. She's H_________ian.
14 Paul is from Wellington. He's a New Z__________ er.
North America South America Australasia 15 Laila is from Rabat. She's M_________an.
Match the countries

to the correct places
on the map.
■ England ■ Ireland
3 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Describe a flag and your Northern Ireland
partner guesses the country. Scotland Wales
It's red, white and blue.

Is it Australia?
2
6 Complete the sentences with the nationalities of the

countries in exercise 5.
1 Tara is from Dublin. She's I ___ sh.
2 George is form London. He's E_______sh.
3 Seren is from Cardiff. She's W ___ sh.
4 Alex is from Edinburgh. He's S_____ t _ sh.
124 Vocabulary bank Welcome

Vocabulary bank Welcome
V. /7V
C olours T h e tim e
1 Label the colours with the words below. 1 Order the times on the clock.
black blue brown green orange pink twenty to seven
purple red white yellow quarter to seven
five to seven
........... quarter past six
........... twenty-five past six
3
........... five past six
twenty-five to seven
ten past six
1 six o'clock
5 .......
........... ten to seven
........... half past six
........... twenty past six
8 10
2 Write the times under the clocks.
2 Label the photos with the colours from exercise 1
and the words below.
■ banana ■ book■ bus ı cat ■ door ■ dress ■ horse ■ pen
■ leaf ■ watch
1
1 a 2 a.
*
3 a 4 a
4 L
5 an 6 a
3 Write these times in numbers.
You can also say the time in numbers.
It's five past eleven. Or Eleven oh five
1 m
* 4 It's ten past three. OR It's three ten.
8 a ..................................... It's quarter to six. OR It's five forty-five.
1 It's twenty past two.

2 It's ten to seven.
9 a 10 a
I 3
4
5
6
It's quarter past ten,
It's twenty-five to four
It's five past nine.
It's half past eight.
3 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions 4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Draw six clocks with
about the colour of things you can see. different times. Point to a clock and ask your partner
the time.
What colour is your book?
It's red. What colour
What's the time?
is the door? i's quarter past six.
"
-------------------- v r '
Vocabulary bank Welcome 125

I
Vocabulary bankl
wmwam r-* r~\
Classroom item s
1 Match the words to the things in the classroom.

bin
blackboard
□ pen
pencil
calculator
chair
□ pencil case
pencil sharpener
clock poster
desk
diary
□ rubber
ruler
dictionary sheet o f paper
door school bag
exercise book scissors
folder student
glue teacher
interactive whiteboard text book
map window
2 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Point at things in the classroom. Your partner says the word.
What's that?
i's a blackboard. What's that?
£
Classroom lan g u ag e
1 Complete the phrases with the verbs.

do look read study
1 .......................the text
2 ........ for the test
3 the exercise
4 at the board
open repeat write work
5 a sentence
6 .....in pairs
7 .... the words
8 ...your book E F G H
check close learn listen
9 to the dialogue
10 the door
11 your answers
12 the vocabulary
2 Label the pictures with the phrases in exercise 1.
3 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Mime a phrase from exercise 1 and your partner guesses what it is.
Vocabulary b a n k l
Vocabulary bank 2
ı Match photos A -0 to the sports.
aerobics | hockey
archery karate
athletics rugby
badminton □ running
basketball sailing
canoeing skiing
cricket volleyball
gymnastics
2 Answer the questions with sports in exercise 1.

In which sport do you ...
1 play in a team and hit a ball with a stick?............
2 play in a team o f five and throw a ball into a net?
3 play in a team and hit a ball with your hands?
4 move quickly in a boat with a sail?
5 play in a team and kick or throw a ball shaped like an egg?......................
6 move quickly on snow?.......................
7 play in a team with a bat and a ball in summer?
3 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Cover the photos in exercise 1 and test your
partner on the sports.
S p o rts c o llo c a tio n s : p la y , g o , d o
1 Complete the table with the sports in the photos.
go
do
2 Complete the rules with play, go or do.

a We usually use....................... for team sports and ball sports.
b We usually use for sports that end in -ing.
c We usually use .........for individual sports that don't end in -ing.
3 Complete the text with the correct present simple form of play, go or do.
In my school, boys and girls do a lot of different sports. In winter, the girls 1 hockey and the
boys2 rugby. When it rains, we 3 badminton or we 4 gymnastics
inside. Sometimes we 5 volleyball, too. In summer, the girls 6 tennis and the
boys 7 cricket. Sometimes we 8 athletics to prepare for the school sports
day. There's an after-school club on Monday and Wednesday where you can 9 archery and
another on Tuesday and Thursday where you can 10 karate. Some of the older students
11 running together in the evening. There's a special club twice a week for parents who
,2 aerobics in the school gym. Every year, our school organizes two trips. In winter, we
13 skiing in Andorra, and in summer, we go to Spain and 14 sailing or
15 canoeing.
4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about the sports in exercise 1.
Po 10U do a r /ta j) ^ ˌ ^ .ˌ ^ ^
Vocabulary bank 2 127

Vocabulary bank 3
m HUWW « t \ svL
In th e ho m e A ro un d to w n
1 Label the picture with the words below. 1 La b e l th e p h o to s w ith th e w o rd s below .

armchairs bedside table b id e t* carpet curtains bank bus stop cafe cinema hospital
■ cushion ■ dishwasher ■ fireplace ■ freezer ■ fridge ■ leisure centre ■ library ■ museum ■ park
frontdoor lamp mirror ruga shelf sink ■ shutters police station restaurant shopping centre
■ stairs wardrobe*wash basin washing machine ■ stadium ■ train station theatre university
2 Answer th e questions with th e words in exercise 1.

Where can you ...
1 watch a play? ........................................
2 go for a walk? .......................................
2 W hich room s do th e th in g s in exercise 1 g o in?
3 catch a bus? ........................................
C h o o se fro m th e room s below . So m e th in g s g o in
4 go swimming? ........................................
m ore th an one room .
5 watch a football match? .......................................
bedroom bathroom dining room kitchen 6 study for a degree? .......................................
■ living room hall 7 see an exhibition? .......................................
8 borrow a book? ........................................
3 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. A sk and answ er q u e stio n s 9 have an operation? ........................................
a b o u t th e th in g s in exercise 1. 10 use a cash machine? ........................................
Is there a bedside table in your bedroom?) SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions
about the things in exercise 1.
Yes, there is. Is there a shower in your bathroom?
128 Vocabulary bank 3

Vocabulary bank 4
A nim als
1 Label th e pictu re s w ith th e w o rd s below . 1 Label the photos with the words below.
bear butterfly chicken cow eagle elephant budgie cat d o g : fish guinea pig hamster
■ fox ■ giraffe ahorse monkey ■ pig ■ sheep spider ■ lizard mouse ■ parrot rabbit ■ snake tortoise
tiger 11whale wolf
| ı |
i 2
I 4 I 5
2 Complete th e sentences with th e words in exercise 1.

Which animal, bird or in se ct...
1 lives on a farm and gives us eggs? ..................
2 is a big cat with orange and black stripes? ..................
3 lives in trees and eats fruit? ..................
4 can you ride? ................
5 is big and grey and lives in Africa or Asia? 2 Lo o k at th e p h o to s and co m p le te th e sen te n ces w ith
6 is pink, brown or black and lives on a farm? th e w o rd s in exercise 1.
7 is like a big dog and lives in cold countries? 1 The............................................ is walking very slowly.
8 is white and gives us meat and wool? .................. 2 The .................. is sitting in its cage.
9 is very tall and lives in Africa? 3 The is eating an insect.
10 has six legs, is colourful and can fly? .................. 4 T h e ......................... is going for a walk with its owner.
11 is big and sometimes eats honey? .................. 5 The.....................................................is eating a carrot.
12 has eight legs? 6 The are swimming in their tank.
13 is very big and lives in water? 7 The is hunting birds in the garden.
14 is red or brown and is like a small dog? 8 The..................................is eating grass in the garden.
15 can fly and eats small animals?
16 lives on a farm and gives us milk? 3 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Describe a pet. Your
partner guesses the name.
3 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. A sk an d a n sw e r q u e stio n s
a b o u t the a n im als in exercise 1.
Are there bears in [your country)?
Yes, there are. There are bears in the forests.

Vocabulary bank 5
t ■w •jmm.
Food Food q u a n titie s
1 Label the pictures with the words below. 1 Lo o k at th e p ictu re and co m p le te th e p hrases w ith
cream crisps grapes ketchup onions pasta th e fo o d yo u can see.
peach peas pepper potatoes rice salmon
salt ; spinach steak strawberries sugar sweets
1 a loaf of br
2 a bottle o f w........................................................
3 a carton o f orange j......................................................
4 a slice o f p........................................................
5 a can o f c........................................................
6 a jar of strawberry j........................................................
7 a packet o f sw........................................................
8 a tin of p
9 a kilo o f a........................................................
10 a litre o f olive o
2 C o m p lete th e ta b le w ith th e q u a n titie s in exercise 1.
Quantity Food
6 a litre of oil
a nd... and
1 pineapples, tomatoes
2 ..................................... bread
2 C o m p lete th e ta b le w ith th e w o rd s in exe rcise 1. 3 honey, mayonnaise,

peanut butter
C arb o h yd rates ............................' ............................ - 4 water, ketchup, lemonade
5 biscuits, crisps
M eat an d fish
6 potatoes, onions, apples
Fruit ............................- ............................ '
7 cream, milk
V e ge ta b le s 8 cheese, pizza, cake

............................' .............................-
9 cola, energy drink,
H ig h in su g a r or soda water
............................' ............................ -
fat
3 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. Lo o k at th e p ictu re in
C o n d im e n ts ............................-............................ - exercise 1 and co ver th e fo o d q u an titie s. T ry to
rem em ber th e phrases.
3 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. A sk and answ er q u estio n s

a b o u t th e fo o d in exe rcise 1.
Po you like strawberries?

Vocabulary bank 6
V ’v \v . IT W 'l ff m
Shops
1 M atch the sh o p s to th e w o rd s below .

baker's bookshop butcher's s chemist's .t clothes shop department store fishmonger's
greengrocer’s ı market newsagent's phone shop post office sandwich shop sports shop
2 A n sw er th e q u e stio n s w ith th e w o rd s in exercise 1.

Where do you go to buy ...
1 bread? 8 some vegetables?
2 meat? 9 a new mobile phone?
3 some trainers? 10 some stamps?
4 some trousers? 11 some medicine?
5 fresh food? 12 a magazine?
6 some lunch? 13 a dictionary?
7 some salmon? 14 socks and towels?
3 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. Lo o k at th e p ictu re in exercise 1

I often go to the baker's on the way home from
an d tick all th e sh o p s you g o to. Tell y o u r p a rtn e r how
school. I usually buy two loaves of bread for my mum.
o ften you g o th ere and w h a t you buy.
ns
Clothes verbs
1 La b e l th e p h o to s w ith th e ve rb s below . In three

o f th e p h o to s yo u need to use tw o o p p o site
verbs.
do up hangup look fore put away put on
take back takeoff takeout try on undo
unzip zip up
2 C h o o se th e co rrect ph rasal ve rb s to co m p lete

th e q u estio n s.
1 What do you do up / take o ff first when you get
home from school?
2 How often do you take back / try on clothes to
the shop?
3 Do you always do up / zip up all the buttons on
a shirt?
4 Do you take back / take out your clothes for the
next day before you go to bed?
5 Which clothes do you hang up / look for and
which do you put in a drawer?
6 Do you always put away / zip up your jacket
when you go outside?
7 Do you look for / take back new clothes online?
8 Do you hang up / try on clothes before you buy
them?
3 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. A n sw er th e q u e stio n s

in exe rcise 2.

Vocabulary bank 7
t
H o u s e w o rk H e a lth p ro b le m s
1 Label th e p h o to s w ith th e p h rases below. La b e l th e pictures w ith th e health p ro b lem s below.

clear the table ı do the ironing do the shopping a blocked nose a broken arm a bruise flu
■ do the washing up ■ hang out / bring in the washing hay fever a nosebleed ill/unwell a rash shivery
help with the cooking hoover the floor lay the table sick a sore throat a sprained ankle stomachache
■ load / unload the dishwasher load / unload the ■ a (high) temperature toothache weak
washing machine ■ make the bed ■ take out the rubbish
tidy your bedroom walk the dog wash the car
2 C o m p lete th e ta b le w ith th e w o rd s in exe rcise 1.
2 A n sw er th e q u e stio n s w ith th e p h rases in exercise 1. 3 W rite sen te n ces w ith th e p h rases in exe rcise 2.
What do you do ... His stomach hurts. He's got stomach ache.
1 when the fridge is empty?........................................... 1 I want to vom it....................................................
2 if you have a dog?......................................................... 2 He needs to go to the dentist.
3 when the rubbish bin is full?........................................ 3 Your body is very hot...................
4 after you bring in the washing?................................... 4 She's very cold.....................................................
5 after you eat a meal?.................................................... 5 They haven't got any energy.............................
6 when all your clothes are dirty?....................................
7 before your family has dinner? 6 I think I'm ill..................................
8 after you get up in the morning? 7 She can't move her arm..............
9 when the car is dirty?. 8 You're allergic to the spring.
10 when the dishwasher isn't working?........................... 9 I can't breathe through my nose.
3 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. Lo o k at th e p h o to s in 10 You've got a purple mark on your leg.

exercise 1 and tic k all th e ho u sew o rk yo u do. Then
tell yo u r p artn er w h ich h o u se w o rk you do and how
often you do it. 4 S P E A K IN G W ork in g ro u p s o f three. O n e person
m im es a health p rob lem fro m exercise I.T h e others
d o t h e ir o n in g , b u t I n e v e r w a s h t h e c a r.
g u e ss th e health problem .

Vocabulary bank 8
tv . ■■■
Jobs Past tim e expressio ns
1 Label the photos with the jobs below. 1 Number the past time expressions in order from last
accountant architect builder doctor electrician night to a decade ago.
■ engineer ■ factory worker ■ lawyer ■ nurse 1.... last night
office worker plumber scientist shop assistant four months ago
■ teacher ■ vet ■ waiter ........... yesterday morning
........... last week
........... three days ago
yesterday evening
last weekend
five years ago
........... last month
1 2 3 4 yesterday afternoon
........... tw o weeks ago
........... the day before yesterday
........... last year
........... last summer
.!$..... a decade ago
2 Complete the table with the past time expressions

in exercise 1.
3 Match the dates 1-12 to the past time expressions

a -l. Which preposition do we usually use with years
and centuries? When do we use at?
1 1800-1899 a at the end of 2010
2 1966 b in tw o thousand and six
3 1970-1979 c in twenty fifteen
2 A n sw er th e q u e stio n s w ith th e jo b s in exe rcise 1. 4 1980-1989 d in the mid-90s (nineties)
R em em ber to use a /a n . 5 1990—1993 e at the beginning o f 2002
6 1994-1996 f in nineteen sixty-six
Remember! In English, we always use the indefinite
7 1997-1999 g in the 19th century
article a /a n with professions, e.g. a doctor, an architect.
8 2000-2009 h in the early 90s (nineties)
W h o ... 9 January 2002 i in the noughties
1 does experiments in a laboratory? 10 2006 j in the 80s (eighties)
2 looks after sick animals? 11 December 2010 k in the late 90s (nineties)
3 treats sick people? 12 2015 1 in the 1970s (nineteen-seventies)
4 helps people in court? .............................
5 looks after a company's money? ............................. 4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Tell your partner when
6 repairs showers and toilets? ............................. you last did the activities below. Use the past time
7 looks after building projects? expressions in exercises 1 and 3.
8 makes things for people to buy? go to the beach have a pizza help with the cooking
9 looks after people in hospital? make your bed stay in a hotel tidy your room
10 designs buildings? travel by plane weara scarf write a text message
go skiing
3 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. Tell y o u r p a rtn e r a b o u t
p e o p le yo u kn o w w h o do th e jo b s in exercise 1. I went to the beach last summer
a lawyer and my aunt's a teacher.

Vocabulary bank 9
t •jmm.
M a te ria ls O n th e p h o n e : p h ra s a l v e rb s
1 Label th e p h o to s w ith th e w o rd s below . 1 Read th e te x t and u n d e rlin e te n ph rasal verbs

cardboard icla y foam glass leather marble related to p h o n e calls.
metal paper plastic stone wax wood
Using the phone has changed a lot. First of all, you
don't have to look up numbers any more because
they're all in the memory of your phone. If you call
a company, there's usually no receptionist to pick up
the phone. Most companies today have an automatic
answering service, but these can be quite frustrating.
Sometimes, all the lines are busy, so the machine
tells you to hang up and call hack later Other days,
you have to hold on and wait for someone to get off
the line so that the answering machine can put you
through. When you finally get through, you have to
speak up so that it can hear you clearly. But worst of all
is if the machine cuts you off while you're waiting!
2 M atch th e d e fin itio n s to th e phrasal ve rb s in

exercise 1.
1 to put the phone down or end a phone conversation
2 to talk in a louder voice
3 to manage to speak to somebody
4 to call the same person again
5 to connect one person to another on the phone
6 to interrupt and end a phone conversation
7 to look for information
8 to wait on the phone
9 to answer the phone
10 to stop using a phone line
3 C o m p le te th e sentences w ith th e ph rasal ve rb s in

exercise 1.
1 1tried to call my school yesterday, but 1couldn't
2 Can yo u .................................... , please? 1can't hear

you.
2 Answer the questions w ith the words from exercise 1. 3 1can't talk now. Can vou later?
Which m a te ria l... 4 If people shout at me on the phone, 1always
1 do we use for making fires?
2 do we use for making cushions? 5 Can yo u ................. m e............. to customer
3 did people use for building walls in service, please?
the past? ....................... 6 Why don't y o u ........................... .........the number on
4 do we use for making mirrors? ...................... their website?
5 do we use for making yoghurt cartons?...................... 7 Why didn't yo u ......................... ..........the phone
6 did people use for making bowls in when 1called you?
the past? ...................... 8 Can you hurry up a n d .... .... ? 1want
7 do we use for making tins and cans? to make a call.
8 do we use for making designer shoes? 9 Could y o u ................................. fora moment,
9 do we use for making cereal packets? please? I'll get a pen and paper.
10 did the Greeks use for making statues? 10 Hello, it's me again. You ju s t...... .......... m e...................
11 do we use for making candles? ......................
12 do we use for writing on with a pen? ...................... 4 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. O n e stu d e n t says a
ph rasal ve rb an d th e o th e r g iv e s th e m e a n in g o f the
3 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. A sk and answ er q u estio n s ph rasal verb.
a b o u t ten d ifferent objects.
hang up
to put the phone down or
What's a laptop made of?
It's made of metal and plastic. end a phone conversation

Vocabulary bank 10
wmmmm
Types o f h o lid ay s H o lid a ys : p h ra s a l v e rb s
1 Label th e p h o to s w ith th e w o rds below . 1 M atch th e p h o to s to th e ph rasal ve rb s below .

activity holiday beach holiday camping holiday ■ check into ■ check out o f ■ chill out ■ drop off
cruise day trip farm holiday guided tour getaway get back get into get out of! get on
ı sightseeing holiday ski trip study holiday get off pickup look forward to queue up
summer camp walking holiday ■ set o f f * take off
2 C o m p lete th e te x t w ith th e co rrect form o f the

10
p h rasal ve rb s in exe rcise 1.
2 Match the sentences 1-12 to the types of holiday in
T he w e a th e r w as a w ful last February, so w e n e e d e d to
exercise 1. 1................................W e w a n te d som e sun, so w e d e c id e d
1 'We sailed across the Mediterranean.'........................... to g o to T enerife fo r th e w e e ke n d . W e 2
2 'We all slept in the same tent/....................................... a fte r lunch o n Friday. M y m u m c a lle d a ta xi to 3 us
3 'We learned a lot about the different animals.' .............. and ta k e us to th e a irp o rt. W e 4 ................th e
ta x i w h en it a rriv e d an d th e d riv e r 5 us at
Term inal 1. M y d a d p a id a n d w e all 6 .............................
4 ' They showed us all the important monuments in the
th e ear. W e had o n lin e b o a rd in g passes so w e d id n 't have
city/....................................................
to 7 fo r th e m . A t th e g a te , w e 8
5 'We left at 8 a.m. and we were home by 6 p.m.'
th e p la n e a n d i t 9...............................on tim e . W h e n it
la n d e d , w e 10 th e p la n e an d to o k a ta xi to
6 'I went to Australia first, then Thailand, then Japan, th e resort. It w as late, so w e 11 o u r h o te l,
and finally to Canada.'.................................................... had d in n e r a n d w e n t to b e d . T he n e x t d a y w as b e a u tifu l,
7 'We spent all day sunbathing.'....................................... s o w e 12 b y th e h o te l p o o l all day. A n d
8 'We had classes every day from 10 to 2.'........................ w e d id th e sam e on Sunday, to o . N o b o d y was 13
g o in g h o m e again. B u t a t 6 p .m . w e had
3 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. A sk and a n sw e r q u estio n s to 14 ...................................th e h o te l an d fly h o m e . In th e
a b o u t the ty p e s o f h o lid a y in exercise 1. e n d , w e 15 a t m id n ig h t an d it w as still raining!
Have you ever been on a beach holiday?

3 S P E A K IN G W ork in pairs. Talk about yo ur last holiday.
Yes, l have. Use at least five o f the phrasal verb s from exercise 1.
Where did you 90? Last December we went on a ski trip to Andorra. A bus
Gwent to Benidorm. picked us up from school at 1 o'clock in the morning ...

Source), 127(Gymnast/Ocean), 129(snake/Heidi &Hans-Juergen Koch/Minden Pictures), 135 (family
OXFORD leaving/Mika), 135 (family retuming/M ika), 135 (woman w ith passportfletra Images); Getty Images
UNIVERSITY PRESS pp.l 0 (playingguitar/Sami Sarkis/Photographer’s Choice RF), 10 (boys in gym/John Giustina/The
Image Bank), 10 (teens/Digital Vision), 11 (friends/Ron LevinefThe Image Bank), 14(Student a t desk/
Great Clarendon Street, Oxford, 0x2 6 d p , United Kingdom Philip and Karen Smith). 16 (Photographer/W estend61), 20 (Teenage girl in car/Clarissa Leahy),
Oxford University Press is a department o f the University o f Oxford. 20 (Commuters a t train station/Yasuyoshi Chib;t/AFP), 20 (School bus/Dcsign Pics/Ron Nickel),
It furthers the University's objective of excellence in research, scholarship, 2 1 (W hispering in class room/Rob Lcwine), 2 1 (Throwing paper airplanes in dassroom/Elke Van Dc
Velde), 22 (Brcakdancing/Imagc Souire), 24 (Hill walker/Cultura/Ross Woodhall), 24 (Portrait o f teen/
and education by publishing worldwide. Oxford is a registered trade
Yellowdog Productions), 29(Young m an w ith tent/Nicole Hill), 35 (Ben Lee/Nick 1larvey/WircImage),
mark o f Oxford University Press in the UK and in ceitain other countries 37 (Farthship/PieiTC I lounsfield/Gammo-Rapho), 37 (Suncatchcr housc/Karl Lehmann),
42(Darjecling/Photograph by Howard Koons/Flickr), 46(baboon/Elliot Ncep), 47(black rhino/Roger
© Oxford University Press 2013
dc la Haipe), 48(clephant/Kevin Schafer/Peter Arnold), 48(rhinoccros/M ichael Mclford/National
The moral rights o f the author have been asserted Geographic), 50 (rafting/Matthew Micah Wright/Lonely Planet Images), 51 (dog on beach/Christian
Charisius/AFP), 52 (bungee jumper/Scott E BarbourfThe Image Bank), 52 (man climbing/Aaron Black/
First published in 2013
Photographer’s Choic e RF), 63 (trifle/William Shaw/Dorling Kindersley), 63 (roast dinner/Gareth
2017 2016 2015 2014 2013 Morgans/StockFood Creative), 63 (jellied eels/Norman Hollands), 64 (fried guinea pig/Cute Kitten
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 imagcs/Flickr Open), 64 (fried taranttilas/N athan Dexter/AFP), 74 (internet cloud/Alija/E+),
80 (M arathon des Sables/Pierre Verdy/AFP), 81 (Red Bull ice crashed downhill race/Michal Cizck/AFP),
No u n au th orized photocopying 91 (American football/Tom Hauck/Allsport), 92 (prehistoric boncs/Danita Delimont/Gallo Images),
All rights reserved. No part o f this publication may be reproduced, stored 94 (Portrait ofM ary W ollstonccraft (1797-1851) c. 1793 (oil on canvas)/John Kccnan/rhc Bridgeman
Art Libraiy), 94 (Emily DickinsonfTlircc Lions), 10 1 (L.S. LowryfTony Evans). 102 (girl in stripy top/
in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without
Jupiterimages), 106(crowd/PedroArmestre/AFP), 110 (Brighton & I love Albion VChclsca/Mark
the prior permission in writing o f Oxford University Press, or as expressly Thompson), 114(Roz Savage/Court Mast/Brocade), 114(Roz Savage rowing/Court Mast/Brocade),
penuitted by law, by licence or under terms agreed with the appropriate 12 0 (SimonRccvc/JonFtimiss/Wirclmagc). 123 (Felicity Aston/AlexandcrBlotnitsky/AFP). 131 (coat
reprographics rights organization. Enquiries concerning reproduction outside rack/Vital Pictures). 135 (waving goodbyc/Philip and Karen Smith), 135 (loadingcar/Digital Vision);
the scope o f the above should be sent to the ELT Rights Department, Oxford iStockphoto p. 14 (Sleeping boy w ith alarm clock/Bob Ingelhait); Kobal Collection p.90 [Searchingfbr
SugarMan 2012/RHD BOX F1LN1S/PASS10N PICTURES/CANFIELD); Mastcrfilc pp. 14 (Girl tying
University Press, at the address above
shoelaces/David Zuber), 52 (zorbing/R. Ian Lloyd). 129 (woman w ith parrot/Jerzyworks); National
You must not circulate this work in any other form and you must impose Youth Music Camps pp.28,29 (music cam p activities/© The Stables/National Youth Music Camps);
this same condition on any acquirer Oxford University Press pp.4 (apple/Photodisc), 4(football/Photodisc), 5 (cricket/lndia Picture RF),
14 (Teenager read ing/Photo Alto). 14 (Girl video mcssaging/Fancy). 14 (School canteen/Chris King).
Links to third party websites are provided by Oxford in good faith and for 16(Swimmor/Photodisc), 18 (School students/Design Pics). 52 (snowboardei/Thinkstock), 52 (diver/
information only. Oxford disclaims any responsibility for the materials Photodisc), 58 (coffee beans/Stockbyte). 58 (chocolatc/Corbis), 58 (mushroom/Stockbyte), 63 (fish &
contained in any third party website referenced in this work chips/numb), 68 (leather jacket/Vitaliy Pakhnyushchyy), 96(reporter/ChrisKing). 10 0 ,10 1 (book
covers), 104(designer/Lifesize), 109(boy on mobile/Image Source), 110 (Paris/Image Source), 117(UK
is b n : 9 7 8 0 19 4 0 110 6 8 flag/Graphi-Ogre), 117 (USA flag/Graphi-Ogre), 119 (The Grand Kremlin Palace/Anatoly Vartanov),
119 (Great Wall ofChina/Photodisc), 12 2 (pickpockct/face to face Bildagentur GmbH), 125 (banana/
Printed in Spain by Just Colour Graphics S.L. Thinkstock), 125 (four le a f clover/D.Hurst), 127(Basketball/Ingram), 127(Archery/Photodisc),
This book is printed on paper from certified and well-managed sources 127 (High jumper/Moodboard), 128 (coffee&cake/Radius Images). 128(stadium/Pixtal), 128 (bank
teller/Corbis), 128(nurse/Digital Vision), 128(museumfTeny H arris Just Greece Photo Library),
128 (shopping centre/Aardvark), 128 (/Ml Soul’s Collegc/Digital Vision). 129(rabbit/Fuse), 129 (tortoise/
ACKNOW LEDGEM ENTS
Photodisc), 129 (hamstcr/DAJ). 131 (clothes shopping/Gareth Bodcn), 132 (laying table/Chris King).
The authors and the publisher would like to thankJane Hudsonfor the mateiial she contiibuted to this book. 132 (tidying/Digital Vision). 132 (walking the dog/UppcrCut), 133 (barrister/Ocean), 133 (tcachcr/Paul
The authors and the publisher would also like to thank the many teachers who contributed to the development o f the Bradbuiy). 133(vct/Photodisc). 133 (doctor/Blcnd Images), 133 (architect/fStop), 133 (shopping/Gareth
course by commenting on the mamisaipt, takingpart m lesson observations,focus gr oups and online questionnaires. Boden), 133(nurse/Monty Rakusen), 133(labtcchnician/K ristopherG m nert), 133 (production line/
The publisher would like to thank thefollowingfor theirpermission to reproduce photographs: Alamy Images Cultura), 134 (handbag/Dennis Kitchen Studio, Inc), 134(papcr/travelpixs), 134(tablc/Brand X
pp.4 (London guide book/CBW), 14 (Teenager eating breakfast/Corbis Super RF), 16 (Lake Bled/Gareth Pictures), 134(cutleiy/Image Source), 135 (tourguide/Nicholas Pitt), 135(windsurfer/Photodisc),
Cooper), 19 (Eton College school/Homer Sykes Archive), 20 (Cycling/AlexBramwell), 20 (Plane on airfield/ 135 (camping/OJO Images), 135 (cruise ship/Cruise Ships), 135(skiingfThinkstock), 135 (map reading/
doughoughton), 20 (Children walking home/Olivier Asselin), 24 (Eco housing/Nick Hanna), 35 (girl with Fancy): Reuters Pictures p.35(Robert Nay/James Nelson); Rex Features pp.34(Lizzie Marie/Gregory
niobile/Tetra Images), 37 (recycled house construction/Nancy Tobin), 37 (Earthship,Stanmer Pace/BEI), 37 (Earthship home/Paul Cooper), 38 (sand hotel/GeoffMoore), 39 (The UFO
Park.Brighton/Andrew Butterton), 37 (earthship interior/ZUMA Wire Service), 37 [Earthship, New Mexico/ room.TreeHotel.Sweden/Peter Lundstrom WDO), 39 (treeroom/Peter Lundstrom WDO),
Claire Carrion), 38 (sandcastle hotel/Jack Sullivan), 38 (tree house/SEPIA/Balan Mndhavan), 38 (treegouse 42 (Snowshill/Paul Felix), 72(Macy's, New York/KcystonellSA-ZUMA), 81 (Worlds Strongest Man/
resort/Tips Images/Tips Italia Sri a socio unico), 40 (Montreal shopping mall/Hemis), 42 (Houston/National Keystone Czech Republic), 82 (cleaning Legoland/Mikael Buck), 94 (Agatha Christie/FremantleMedia
Geographic Image Collection), 44 (Edinburgh/Zoo Imaging Photography), 44 (National Gallery of Scotland/ Ltd), 115(Martin Strel, RiverThames/Nigel Howard/Associated Newspapers); Science Photo Library
Robert Harding World Imagery), 47 (raven/Alaska Stock), 50 (street ice hockey/Horizons WWP), pp.l 4 (International Space Station/NASA), 14(ISScrew/NASA), 14 (Exercising on 1SS/NASA), 15(NASA
60 (chicken in class/Martin Beddall), 60 (milking/Martin Beddall), 60 (vegetable display/Tim Scrivener), astronaut Nicole Stott/NASA), 15 (Sleeping on ISS/NASA), 24 (VLTtelescopes, Paranal Observatoiy/
62 (barmbrack/JoeFox), 63 (haggis/Food and Drink Photos), 64 (dried mopane worms/AfriPics.com), Adam Hart-Davis); Shutterstock pp.4(smartphone/bloomua), 4(backpack/design56), 4(mac
66 (bonfire/Garry Lakin). 70 (shopping trolley/RayArt Graphics), 70 (clothes rail/Dmityiy Shironosov), com puter/Igor Klimov). 4 (bascball/Stcphen Mcsweeny), 4 (carnival music/Ron Zmiri), 5 (m artial arts/
70(books/JohnnyGrcig). 70 (laptop. iPad, iPod/John Baran). 70(supermarket/AlexSegre), 70 (shoe Markus Gann), 12 (Spring flowers/stockereations), 12 (beach/Picire-Yves Babelon), 12 (leaves/LilKar),
websitc/NctPhotos). 70 (pharmacy/incamerastock). 70 (com puter store/Kumar Sriskandan). 12 (snowman/Smit), 14 (Using television remote/Lasse Kristensen), 29 (Woman outside/Masson),
94 (William Shakcspeare/GL Archive), 94 (Jane Austen/GL Archive), 94(Roald Dahl/Everett Collection 32 (Teenage girl outdoors/Hdyta Fawlowska), 34 (vegetables/Konstanttin), 35 (t-shirts/Africa Studio),
Historical), 94 (Mark Twain/Pictorial Press Ltd), 95(Frankenstein/United Archives GmbH), 96 (girl in 36 (detached house/WDG Photo). 36(apartments/Gorins), 42 (New York City/Songquan Deng/
car/MBl), 98(cyclists/Scott Hortop Travel), 104 (African classroom/Feije Rieinersma), 1 1 2 (Dhowon Shutterstock.com), 42 (housing/Atlaspix), 42 (vineyard/Katarzyna Mazurowska), 46 (meadow/Galyna
lake Malawi/Ariadne Van Zandbergen), 113 (batik painting/Myimagefilcs), 113 (Buddhist monk/ Andnishko), 46(w inter landscape/leonid t it), 46(cactus/Bird In Paradise), 47(puppy/Denis Babenko),
Robert H arding Picture Library Ltd), 113 (smiling woman/National Geographic Image Collection), 47 (cheetah/Dennis Donohue), 48(dog/Kamil Macniak), 50 (wcathei/Thomas Amby), 54(cow/Pichugin
116 (Mann’s Chinese Thcatrc/SUN NYphotogi-aphy.com), 116 (Wind River Reservation/Luc Novovitch Dmitry), 58(girl w ith fresh fniit/Monkey Business Images), 58(cucumber/SOMMAI), 58(carrots/
), 118 (Trans Siberian Express/Horizons WWP), 125 (toy bus/Mark Fairey). 125(dress/Creative Control), colognephotos), 58(ciabatta/HLPhoto), 58(tomatoes/Alex Studio), 58 (apple/Anna Sedneva),
125 (watch/Lasse Kristensen), 128 (reading/i love images/city break), 128 (swimming j>ool/Roy Lawe), 58(walnuts/andreasnikolas), 58 (oranges/Africa Studio), 58 (salad leaves/Janet Faye Hastings),
128 (bus stop/Gaiy Roebuck), 128(station/EIGin'FISlI). 128 (library/Frankand Helena), 128(police/ 58 (cheese texture/Ninell), 62 (cream tea/threeseven), 63 (mug/George Dolgikh), 63 (orange juice/
Justin Kasc zgivez). 129(dog walk/Juicc Images). 129(mousc/James dc Ara Torres). 129(guinca pig/ Adam Gilchrist), 63 (jug/Phil Symc), 66(fireworks/manzrussali), 66 (toffee applcs/Monkcy Business
Juniors Bildarchiv GmbH). 129 (bearded dragon/YuriArcurs), 130(steak/Foodcollection.com). Images). 68(boots/LittlcStockcr), 68(cap/Coprid), 68 (make up bag/magnola), 68 (cardigan/prostok).
130 (salmon/Food Features), 130 (straw bcm cs/Flonline digitalc Bildagentur GmbH), 130 (pasta/ 68(jcans/robcit_s), 68(nccklace/GregoiyJune). 68(shiit/Karkas), 68 (skirt/Karkas), 68(stripy top/
Dimitris K.), 130(fruit/Danyl Brooks), 131 (shop/allesalltag), 131 (shirts/lmage Source), 131 (removing BMCL), 68 (friends/CandyBox Images), 70 (toiletries/ifong), 70(manncquins/Sylvic Bouchard), 70 (boy
tie/Antonio M. Rosario), 132(ironing/RTimages), 132 (shopping/Ietra Images). 132(cooking/UpperCut w ith glassesflracy Whiteside), 79 (deliveiy/auremar), 90 (hammering/bikcriderlondon), 102 (student/
Images), 132(hoovering/Blend Images), 132(dishwasher/Rachel Husband), 132 (doing laundry/i love Lenetstan), 104(Sydncy/IanWoolcock), 109 (woman on phone/sheff). 1 1 0 (HongKong/RomainJL),
images), 132(nibbish/Culmra Creative), 132(tidying/Oredia), 132 (clearing table/Sally and Richard 112 (Asian woman/szefei), 1 1 2 (orangutan/Stephane Bidouzc), 113 (cniisc ship in Venice/atm2003),
Greenhill), 133 (arch ilect/DCPhoto), 134 (camping m at/stargatechris). 135 (girl with lamb/Arctic- 116 (sled dogs/prochasson frederic), 116 (Aloha festival dancers/Bmce C. Murray/Shutterstock.com),
Images), 135 (airport check-in/Jack Sullivan), 135 (man in hammock/i love images), 135 (leaving train/ 116(auuminallakc/G.Mushinsky), 125(pen/Serg64), 125(book/Luchi_a), 125(kittcn/EricIssclcc),
Simon Belcher). 135 (boarding train/Simon Belcher), 135 (Woman in car park/PeterW idmann), 125(horse/mariait), 125(door/MctCrcations), 127(Sailing/Netfalls-Remy Musser), 127 (Volleyball/
135 (Couple w ith car and suitcases/Cultura Creative); ardea p.46 (wolverinc/M.Watson); Briclgeman Galina Barskaya), 127 (Aerobics class/wavebreakmcdia). 127(Kayaking/Maridav), 127 (Hockey player/
A il Library Ltd pp.84 (The First Thanksgiving (oil on canvas), Ferris, Jean Leon Gerome (1863-1930)/ David Shawley), 127 (Skiing/Dudarev Mikhail), 127(Badminton/hxdbzxy), 127(Rugby/RTimages),
Private Collection), 103 (Madame Cactus II, 1939-40 (bronze). Gonzalez, Julio <1876-1942)/Hamburger 127 (Karate/Blazej Lyjak), 128(restaurant/ariadna deraadt), 128(cinema/dezignor), 128(theatre/
Kunsthalle, Hamburg, Germany), 103 (Little Dancer. Aged Fourteen, executed in wax 1878-81, cast in aboikis), 129 (budgie/Zadiraka Evgenii), 129(cat/LeniKovaleva), 129(goldfish/ivosar), 130 (sweets/
bronze after 1922 (bronze, tulle& silk), Degas, Edgar (1834-1917)/Philadelphia M useum o f Ait, Hugo Felix), 130 (crisps/ever), 131 (female model/coka), 131 (zip/Anton Andronov), 131 (tie/ZouZou),
Pennsylvania, PA, USA/The I lenry p. M cllhcnny Collection in M emoiy o f Frances/p. Mcllhenny, 1986); 131 (dothes/Pressmaster), 132(rubbergloves/RichardMjlinder), I32(laundiy/JanisSmits), l32(car
Corbis pp.4 (giant pandas/Cyril Ruoso/JI 1 Editorial/Minden Pictures). 5 (kangaroos/Jcan-Paul Ferreio/ wash/jcsmilly), 133 (builder/Monkey Business Images), 133 (electrician/auremar), 133(plumber/
Auscape/Minden Pictures). 7 (girls soccer/Design Pics Inc), 8 (crowd/lmage Source), 13 (peoplc/Ocean), RioPatuca), 133 (waitcr/Mincrva Studio), 133 (office worker/StockLite). 133 (accountant/
21 (Schoolboy listening to MP3 player/lnspirestock), 24 (British Antarctic Survey base/GeoffRenner/ wavebreakmedia). 134 (pot/Filatov Alexey), 134(candle/Ann Baldwin), l34(box/Scrcgam), 134 (bottle/
Robert Harding World Imagery). 25 (Smiling hiker/db2 stock/Rubberball). 26(Men's Sitting Volleyball/ donatasl205). 134(fircplacc/tab62), 134(marble bust/Kamira), 134 (bucket/Andrey Eremin),
Visionhaus), 40 (Montreal/Philippe renault/Hemis), 46 (clephant/M ailin Harvey), 47 (m other & baby 135 (bcach/Yuri Arcurs), 135 (walkcrs/David Hughes), 135 (studcnts/carlosscllcr), 135 (picnic /
clephant/Petcr Barritt/SupcrStock), 47 (m other &baby baboon/Pete Oxford/Minden Pictures), Goodluz), 135(Paristourist/Aiiwasabi), 135(takeofl/MC PP), 135(hotelkcys/dotshock). 135(check-in/
47 (whippet/Parque), 47 (grey heron/M artin Harvey), 48 (sleeping cat/Louise Avila/SuperStock), dotshock), 135(day-drcaming/kliubicek); SuperStock pp.7(smilingteens/Blcnd Images), 8 (walking
52 (caving/Corey Hochachka/Design Pics), 52 (rock climbing/Image Source), 54(safari/moodboard), the dog/Dcsign Pics), 51 (hiking/Gallo Images), 68 (sorting clothes/Blend Images), 74(boy buying
56 (polar bear/Ocean), 57 (shark/Image Source), 59 (inarket/Ocean), 59(freegans/EricThayer/Reuters), jeans/Corbis).
61 (sweetcom/the food passionates), 62 (Cornish pasty/Image Source), 72 (Black Friday shoppers/John Cover: Nikali L arin /lm a g e Z o o /A la m y .
Gross), 78 (shopping/Occan). 79 (online shopping/Leslie Richard Jacobs). 82 (cleaning Big Ben/Stephen Illustrations by: Pete C obum p. 18; James Elston/Sylvie Poggio Artists Agency pp.9 (ex 6), 49,76,112,
Hii'd/Reuters), 88 (boy a t blackboaid/Image Souire), 94 (Charles Dickens/Bettmann), 96(couple in 125(clocks), 128,129,131.132;John Haslam p.130; Dusan Lakiccvic/Bcchivc Illustration pp.24,31;
canoc/I high W hitaker/cultura), 96(fath erw ith baby/Ajax), 100 (Following the Bronte Sisters’ Path/Jon Andy Parker p.92; Gavin Reece pp.9 (ex 9), 86,87,90,97,126; Norbert Sipos/Beehive Illustration
Joncs/Sygma), 102 (young man/lmage Source), 105(Kakum National Park/Axiom Photographic/ pp.80,102,103: Jane Smith pp.43,124.
Design Pics), 106(New Year celebration.Japan/Kimimasa Mayama/epa), 106(Hogmanay celebrations/
Although every ejfort has been made to trace and contact copyright holders before publication, this has not been
David Moir/Reuters), 112 (sailing boats/Hugh Sitton), 112 (Buddha's 2,555th birthday
possible in some cases. We apologisefor any apparent infringement o f copyright and, if notified, the publisherwill
celebrations,Nepal/Narendra Shrestha/epa), 114 (flying squid/Anthony Pierce/Robert Harding
be pleased to rectify any errors or omissions at the earliestpossible opportunity.
Specialist Stock), 116 (manatee/lmage Source), 119 (Cathedral o f th e Intercession, Red Square, St.
Basil's Cathedral/SOPA), 127(Running/Michael Swallow/Image Source), 127(Cricketers/Imagc*
insight A thought-provoking course that
challenges students to reach their
full potential.
Insight into th e world: Topics th at inspire students to think

■ Stimulating topics and information rich texts inspire discussion > page 24
Culture texts in every unit and related DVD material > page 50
Literature insight introduces students to classic English literature > W orkbook
Insight into learning: Strategies th a t develop lifelong learning

■ Strategy boxes improve key language skills > page 58
■ Writing guides foster good writing habits > page 89
Progress checks encourage students to reflect on their learning > W orkbook
Insight into language: A syllabus th a t challenges students to go deeper

Vocabulary insight sections give students a d eep er understanding of language > page 15 ^ *£•
Pronunciation insight provides exercises to help students improve their spoken English > W orkbook ^
■ Grammar reference and practice provides extra gram m ar support > W orkbook
■ Vocabulary banks ensure students have a solid foundation of vocabulary > page 127
Teacher's Book and

Student's Book W orkbook Teacher's Resource Disk d ‘
ox fom
rd
/ IX |e
suxpa
poil|
'*
7 \
s
— ıı -ıı h" ,
insight insight insight ♦

E lem entary W orkbook E le m e nta ry Teacher'* Book
_J
Class Audio CDs Test Bank MultiROM iTools
in te ra c tiv e
w h ite b o a rd
resources
insight
insight
ISBN 978-0-19-401106-8
OXFORD
U N IV E R S IT Y PRESS
O xford >making digital sense

www.oup.com/elt 9 780194011068

Oxford: Elementary Student's Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Oxford: Elementary Student's Book

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Oxford: Elementary Student's Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Elementary Student's Book

p!4 Breakfast in space p16 Bright and early

Review 2 p33 Cumulative review Units 1-2 p34

Review 4 p55 Cumulative review Units 1-4 p56

Review 10 p121 Cumulative review Units 1-10 p122

Vocabulary bank p130 Food, Food quantities

3 ® 1.03 Write the letters of the alphabet with

4 1.04 Read and listen to the words. Then spell

How do you spell 'book?

5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Spell your name and then

(How do you spell your name?J ------------------

It's nice to meet you, Stella.

Countries and nationalities

7 1.05 Match the nationalities below to the

Vocabulary bank Countries and nationalities page 124

8 Look at exercise 1. Where is Daiki from? Underline

9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the

Where are you from? rm frotn &ritain, )

Really? fm B ritish too!

Talking about interests

1love .. I'm not into ... —

1lik e ... 1don't like ... ZJ.

karate: one two three four five six seven eight

12 1.07 Listen to the dialogues and complete

Home Profile Photos

Hi. My name's Ryan. I'm British and my home is in London.

The ve rb be: a ffirm a tiv e

Reference and practice W.1 Workbook page 112

4 Write about you and a friend. Then tell your partner.

The ve rb be: n e g ative

I Home j Post J Calender jj Files |

Long form Contraction

Reference and practice W.1 Workbook page 112

3 Chelsea and Manchester United: Australian teams X / British teams /

4 we: in London X / in Los Angeles /

5 I: good at sport X / good at music /

6 Germany: in Africa/ / in Europe /

The v e rb be: questions and sh o rt answers

Are we Yes, we are. No, we aren't.

Reference and practice W.1 Workbook page 112

Paul = Caroline Mark = Sharon

James Max Harriet Bella Brendan

1 Caroline:This is Paul. He's m y............................................................................. .'

3 SPEAKING Write five sentences (Sharo n , m, mum.) . M a?

Yes, that's right!

This is a photo of my sons, James and Max. This is a photo of my daughter,

Subject Possessive Reference and practice W.2 Workbook page 112

7 SPEAKING Work in pairs.Take turns

Regular plurals Irregular plurals

this, that, these, those

Reference and practice W.3 Workbook page 112

Plural: these photos those photos

people are my parents.

Reference and practice W.4 Workbook page 113

. ( / ) a big family. My parents2 (X) a son, but they

He's/She's... o l d - 1..... . . t a l l - 2...

Has she got long hair?

No, she hasn't.

Reference and practice W.5 Workbook page 113